You are on page 1of 203

IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library

Introduction and Planning Guide

GA32-0469-03

IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library

Introduction and Planning Guide

GA32-0469-03

Note! Before using this guide and the product it supports, read the information in “Safety and Environmental Notices” on page xiii and Appendix B, “Notices,” on page 145.

Fourth Edition (October 2005) This edition applies to the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions. This edition replaces GA32-0469-02. © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2004, 2005. All rights reserved. US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.

tape drives. v Ability to update drive firmware for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. and LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Drive without scheduling downtime. LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. In addition. or EC level (located on the back cover) v Page numbers to which you are referring © Copyright IBM Corp. GA32-1234-02). the library can configure the 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive in the same frame and in the same logical library. 3592 J1A Tape Drive. The library supports this Fibre Channel drive (known as the 3592 E05 Tape Drive) in both newly purchased and previously installed Model L22 and D22 frames. Be sure to include the following: v Exact publication title v Form number (for example. The drive offers increased native capacity over its predecessor (the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A.Read This First This is the fourth edition of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide (October 2005). known as the 3592 J1A Tape Drive) and more than doubles the native sustained maximum data rate. It is available through the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface and through CETool.com or use the Readers’ Comments form at the back of this publication. Changes include: v Support for the IBM(R) TotalStorage(R) 3592 Tape Drive Model E05 in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. What’s New In This Edition (October 2005) Revision bars (|) appear next to all of the information that has been added or changed since the previous edition (GA32-0469-02). | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Send Us Your Feedback Send us your comments by e-mail to starpubs@us. part number. 2004. v Enhanced data gathering and reporting about the library.ibm. It also reads and writes cartridges written by the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. This enhancement is called nondisruptive drive firmware update. 2005 iii . and media (particularly usage and performance information) received through the Ethernet port as well as through the Call Home program.

iv 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attachment Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using mtlib with the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Publications IBM Eserver and AS/400 Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Publications and Sources . . . . . . iii What’s New In This Edition (October 2005) . . . . . . . . . Class II Laser Product . . . . . . . SCSI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3592 Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . LTO Ultrium Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi . . . . . . . . . . . . . Servers and Software that Support the 3584 Tape Library . . . . Laser Safety and Compliance . . . . . . xvi . xv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components of 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 v . . . . . . xx . Class I Laser Product . . . . . . ix Tables . . . . . Possible Safety Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 1. . . . . . . . . iii Figures . . . . . . xi Safety and Environmental Notices . European Directive About Product Recycling and Battery Return Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Read This First. . . . . . . Mixing Drives in Frames . . . . . Dual Accessors and Service Bays in the 3584 Tape Library . . . Mixing Media in Drives . . . . . . . . . . . End of Life (EOL) Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii . . . . . . . . . xiii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Send Us Your Feedback . . . Tape Cartridges Supported by the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . Library Sharing . . . . . Multi-Path Architecture . . Device Drivers that Support the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx . . . . . . . . . xix . . . . . . . . . . . xv . . . . . © Copyright IBM Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Caution Notice . . xv . Disposal . Danger Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . Tape Drives Supported by the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . FICON and ESCON Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx . . . . . . SNMP Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv . . . Fibre Channel Interface . . xx . xiii . xxi . xvii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 Source . . . . . Using Multiple Logical Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attention Notice . . . . . . . . . Authorized Suppliers of Bar Code Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixing Drives in a Logical Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv . . . . . Related Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM Eserver zSeries Source . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Warning . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3 6 8 11 11 13 17 18 19 19 20 20 21 22 24 25 26 26 28 29 31 Preface . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . and Capacity On Demand Features for Models L52 . . . . . . . . . . Power and Cooling Specifications for 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library . and Load Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire Suppression for Models L22. . . . .Using Multiple Control Paths . . . . . . Running Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity Expansion Feature for Model L32 . . . . . . . . . . . . Clearance Specifications for Models of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mount Performance and Cartridge Move Time . . . . . . . . Library Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamic Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Specifications for Models L52 and D52. . . . . . . Physical Specifications for Models L22 and D22. . . . Floor Requirements for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . Security for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . Move Restraints for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Cords for Models L32 and D32 . . . . . Cartridge Inventory Times . L52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Support Through a Master Console . . . . Full. . . . . . . . . . and D52 . . . . . Data Path Failover. . and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D52. . . . . . . . . . . Acoustical Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Requirements for Frames of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cartridge Assignment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web Interface . . Clearance Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . L52. . . . . TapeAlert Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routing Fibre Channel Cables Through the Top of a Frame . . . Fire Suppression for Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual ac Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Library Management System . . . . . . and Pipes Between Frames of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . L22 . SMI-S Support . . . . . . . . Capacity Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delivery Route for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delivery and Subsequent Transportation of the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L52. . . . . . . . Transparent Addition or Removal of Storage Capacity . . Physical Specifications for HA1 Frame . Fire-Suppression Provisions for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D22. . . . . . Wiring. . . . D22. . . . . Remote Support Through a Modem . . . . 32 33 34 35 35 35 37 37 38 38 40 40 40 41 42 42 43 44 45 46 47 47 49 49 50 53 53 53 54 54 55 55 55 56 56 57 57 58 61 63 63 64 65 66 67 67 68 68 69 69 71 72 | Chapter 2. . . . . . Intermediate. . . Power Cords for Models L22. Acoustical Specifications for Models L22. . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Specifications for Models L32 and D32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acoustical Specifications for Models L32 and D32 . . . . Drive Cleaning . vi 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Path Failover. . . . . . . and HA1 Frame . . . . . . Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library . Expanded I/O Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Receptacles for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . Height and Length of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . Configuration of Storage Capacity without Disruption . . . . . . . Virtual I/O Slots. . . and D52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insert Notification . .

. . . . 93 . . . . . . . Provide Proper Acclimation and Environmental Conditions for 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity Scaling and Segmentation . . . . . . . . . . Customer-Setup Units for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . Examples of Problems with Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Write-Protect Switch on a 3592 Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ultrium Diagnostic Cartridge . . . . . . . Ultrium Data Cartridge . . . . . . . . . 3592 Bar Code Label . . . . . Perform a Thorough Inspection of Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . Overview of 3592 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ordering Additional Ultrium Cartridges and Media Supplies . . . . . . 100 . . . . Perform a Thorough Inspection of 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Leader Pin in a 3592 Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3592 Data Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . Handle the 3592 Tape Cartridge Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 105 107 108 110 111 111 114 114 116 116 117 117 118 118 118 119 119 121 122 122 123 123 Contents vii . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge . . . . Bar Code Labels for Ultrium 3 WORM Cartridges . . . . . . . . . Feature Codes for Models of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . Provide Training for Using 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidelines for Using Ultrium Bar Code Labels . . Disposing of 3592 Cartridges . Provide Proper Acclimation and Environmental Conditions for Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . 73 73 74 79 81 81 82 82 83 85 86 86 88 88 89 90 90 90 Chapter 4. . . . . . 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Ultrium Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 . . . . Repositioning or Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge . . Standard Features of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . Handle the Ultrium Tape Cartridge Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ensure Proper Packaging of Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental and Shipping Specifications for Ultrium Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3592 Cleaning Cartridge . . . . . Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge . . . . . . . Ordering 3592 Media Supplies . . . . . . . . . 102 . . . . . . Elements in the 3584 Tape Library. . . . . . . . .Chapter 3. . . . . . . . . . . Cartridge Memory in 3592 Tape Cartridges . 92 . . WORM Functionality for 3592 Tape Drives and Media . . . . . . Compatibility of Ultrium Drives and Cartridges . . . . . . . . Using 3592 Tape Drive Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Write-Protect Switch on an Ultrium Cartridge . Overview of Ultrium Media . . . . . . . . . . Ultrium Bar Code Label . . . . . . . Handling 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . Handling Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . Ensure Proper Packaging of 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provide Training for Using Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . 3592 Diagnostic Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 . . . . . . . . . Environmental and Shipping Specifications for 3592 Cartridges . . . . . . . . Ordering 3592 Media Supplies by Using the 3599 Tape Media Method . . . . WORM Functionality for Ultrium 3 Tape Drives . . . . . . . Guidelines for Using 3592 Bar Code Labels . . . . . 91 . . . . . Disposing of Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . Cartridge Quality and Library Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Union (EU) Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive . . Physical Characteristics of the Fibre Channel Interface . . . . . . . Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Capacity of Model L52 and D52 . . . . . . . . . . . . Japan VCCI Class A ITE Electronic Emission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-Node Direct Connection Topology . . . . . Topologies Supported by the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 7. . . Connecting the 3584 Tape Library to the iSeries Server . . . . . Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Class A Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectors and Adapters for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Index . . . People’s Republic of China Class A Electronic Emission Statement Taiwan Class A Electronic Emission Statement . . Electronic Emission Notices . . . . . . . 124 Chapter 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Persistent Binding to Ensure SCSI ID Assignment Using Zoning to Isolate Devices and Enhance Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Appendix B. . . . . Fibre Channel Addressing . . . Two-Node Switched Fabric Topology . . . . 167 viii 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . . . . . . . . Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statement of Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . .Ordering 3592 Media Supplies by Using Part Numbers. . . . . . . . . . Avis de conformité à la réglementation d’Industrie Canada . Sharing on a Storage Area Network . . . . . . . . . LUN Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notices . . . . . . Germany Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive . . . . . Korean Class A Electronic Emission Statement . . . . . . . Using the Fibre Channel Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 147 148 148 148 148 148 149 149 149 150 150 . . . . . . . . . . Industry Canada Class A Emission Compliance Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables and Speeds of Fibre Channel Drives . . . . Frames Frames Frames . . . . . . 127 127 127 128 128 129 130 130 133 133 134 134 135 135 136 137 137 137 138 Appendix A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of Fibre Channel Interface . . . . . Using World Wide Names . . . . .

. . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Attachment of the master console to the 3584 Tape Library and the 3953 Tape System for remote support . . . . . . 116 Setting the write-protect switch on the 3592 Tape Cartridge . 42. . . . . . . . . 6 Cartridge slots in the service bays of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Removing the C-clip from the leader pin . . . . | 13. . . . . . 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 ix . 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laser safety caution label . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. . . . Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge . 110 Leader pin in proper position in the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge (the cartridge door is manually retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . 46. . . 43. . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Model L32 or D32 frames) 64 Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Models L22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35. . . . . . . 113 Characteristics that identify the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | | 14. . . . . . . . . 114 Sample bar code label on the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge . and the service bays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 The SNMP messaging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D22. 120 Rewinding the tape into the cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . 10 Attaching the 3584 Tape Library to the zSeries server (mainframe host) . . L52. 62 Positioning the Fibre Channel cable outside the frame . . . . . 45 Location of restraining points . . . 18. . . . . 44. . 74 The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge for Ultrium 3 Tape Drive . . 100 Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . . 30. . . . 97 Attaching the leader pin attach tool to an Ultrium Tape Cartridge . L52. . . . . . . . . . 57 Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . 113 Door of the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge . . . 99 Attaching the leader pin to the tape . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . 96 Rewinding the tape into the cartridge . . . . . 45. . . . . . . 10. . . . 47. 19. . . . . . . . . . 95 Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D52. . . . . . . . . . 21. . . . . . . . . . 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge . 1 Frames in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25. . . 5 Location of service bays in the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Location for routing fire-suppression equipment between frames . . . 61 Positioning the Fibre Channel cable inside the frame . . 61 Opening the cable access door at the top of a frame . 89 Tape cartridges in a Turtlecase. . . 34. . . 87 Setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium Tape Cartridge . . 59 Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. . . . . . . . . . . 60 Opening for routing Fibre Channel cables from servers through the top of a frame . . . . . 5. . . . . . 37. . . D52. . 16. . . . . . . . . . . 84 Sample bar code label on the LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . . 91 Checking for gaps in the seams of a cartridge . . . . 33. . . xv The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . D22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Types of receptacles for power cords used by the 3584 Tape Library. . . . . . . . . 26. .Figures 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or the HA1 frame) . 32. . 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48. . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . 91 Double-boxing tape cartridges for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . 17. 96 Leader Pin Reattachment Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Examples of configurations for sharing a IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . 29. . . . . . 25 Examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive types in a logical library . . . . . . . 105 Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . 20. . | 15. . . . . . . . . . . 117 Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in a 3592 Tape Cartridge . . 3. . . . . . . | 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Models L22. 98 Winding the tape out of the Ultrium Tape Cartridge . . . 4. 72 Elements in the 3584 Tape Library . . . . 121 © Copyright IBM Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position. 2004. . . . . . . 27. . . . . . 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

x 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

Tables
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii Cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Features of the 3592 Tape Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Mixing drives in frames (models) of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Differences between DPF and CPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Mixing I/O stations among frames of the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Requirements for remote support (the Call Home feature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Performance characteristics of the Ultrium 3, Ultrium 2, and Ultrium 1 Tape Drive . . . . . . . 47 Performance characteristics of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive . . . . . 48 Average search time to first byte of data (load time) for 3592 Tape Cartridge in 3592 Tape Drives 49 Mount performance and move time for drives in a 3584 Tape Library without dual accessors 50 Mount performance for drives in a 3584 Tape Library with dual accessors . . . . . . . . . . 51 Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L22 and D22 . . . . 53 Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . 54 Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L52 and D52 . . . . 54 Physical characteristics of the HA1 frame (service bay A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Clearance requirements for the 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Environmental specifications for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . 67 Noise emission values for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . 67 Noise emission values for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L22, D22, L52, and D52 filled with 3592 Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Power requirements for frames in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . 69 Specifications for 200 to 240 V ac power cord used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Specifications for 100 to 127 V ac power cords used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Specifications for power cords used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library, Models L22, D22, L52, and D22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Feature codes for the models of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . 75 Compatibility among Ultrium Tape Drives and tape cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Environment for operating, storing, and shipping the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . 101 Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels for Ultrium Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . 104 Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Environment for operating, storing, and shipping the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Descriptions of 3599 tape media features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels for 3592 Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . 126 Choosing the port and topology through which your Fibre Channel connection can be made 129 Default Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for drives with single or dual ports . . . . . . 131 Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for Ultrium Tape Drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Quantity of storage slots in Model L22 and D22 frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Quantity of storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Quantity of storage slots in Model L52 and D52 frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

|

|

|

| |

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004, 2005

xi

xii

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Safety and Environmental Notices
When using this product, observe the danger, caution, and attention notices that are contained in this guide. The notices are accompanied by symbols that represent the severity of the safety condition. Most danger or caution notices contain a reference number (Dxxx or Cxxx). Use the reference number to check the translation in the ERserver Safety Notices, G229-9054. The sections that follow define each type of safety notice and give examples.

Danger Notice
A danger notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to people. A lightning bolt symbol always accompanies a danger notice to represent a dangerous electrical condition. A sample danger notice follows:
DANGER An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system. It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical shock. (D004)

Caution Notice
A caution notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially hazardous to people because of some existing condition, or to a potentially dangerous situation that might develop because of some unsafe practice. A caution notice can be accompanied by one of several symbols:
If the symbol is... It means.... A hazardous electrical condition with less severity than electrical danger.

A generally hazardous condition not represented by other safety symbols.

A hazardous condition due to the use of a laser in the product. Laser symbols are always accompanied by the classification of the laser as defined by the U. S. Department of Health and Human Services (for example, Class I, Class II, and so forth). A hazardous condition due to mechanical movement in or around the product.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004, 2005

xiii

If the symbol is...

It means.... A hazardous condition due to the weight of the unit. Weight symbols are accompanied by an approximation of the product’s weight.

Sample caution notices follow:
CAUTION: The battery is a lithium ion battery. To avoid possible explosion, do not burn. Exchange only with the IBM-approved part. Recycle or discard the battery as instructed by local regulations. In the United States, IBM has a process for the collection of this battery. For information, call 1-800-426-4333. Have the IBM part number for the battery unit available when you call.(C007)

CAUTION: Energy hazard present. Shorting may result in system outage and possible physical injury. Remove all metallic jewelry before servicing. (C001)

CAUTION: This product contains a Class II laser. Do not stare into the beam. (C029)

CAUTION: The weight of this part or unit is between 18 and 32 kilograms (39.7 and 70.5 pounds). It takes two persons to safely lift this part or unit. (C009)

CAUTION: This assembly contains mechanical moving parts. Use care when servicing this assembly. (C025)

Attention Notice
An attention notice indicates the possibility of damage to a program, device, or system, or to data. An exclamation point symbol may accompany an attention notice, but is not required. Sample attention notices follow: Attention: If you use a power screwdriver to perform this procedure it could destroy the tape.

xiv

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Class I Laser Product The 3584 Tape Library contains a laser assembly that complies with the performance standards set by the U. Hazards.S. Class I laser products do not emit hazardous laser radiation. cleaners. review the following laser safety information.S. Protective housing and scanning safeguards ensure that laser radiation is Safety and Environmental Notices xv . Under normal working conditions. This product belongs to a class of laser products that requires precautions be taken to avoid prolonged viewing of the laser beam. Food and Drug Administration for a Class II Laser product. This classification was accomplished by providing the necessary protective housings and scanning safeguards to ensure that laser radiation is inaccessible during operation or is within Class II limits. These products have been reviewed by external safety agencies and have obtained approvals to the latest standards as they apply to this product type. Figure 1. Food and Drug Administration for a Class I laser product. Do not use solvents. Laser Safety and Compliance Before using the 3584 Tape Library. Class II Laser Product The 3584 Tape Library is a Class II laser product. It is important for you to be aware of the laser caution label. Laser safety caution label This product complies with the performance standards set by the U. See Figure 1 for an example of the label. or other chemicals not approved for use on this product. such as a safety cover missing. are potentially harmful to people. you must not come in direct contact with the laser beam. Repair any of the preceding problems before you use the 3584 Tape Library. Possible Safety Hazards Possible safety hazards to the operation of this product are: Electrical Mechanical Chemical An electrically charged frame can cause serious electrical shock.Attention: Do not operate the 3584 Tape Library in a poor air-quality environment.

In accordance with the European WEEE Directive.inaccessible during operation or is within Class I limits. European Directive About Product Recycling and Disposal This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations. This unit contains recyclable materials. For proper collection and treatment. but use the collection framework available to customers for the return. IBM encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. it is the sole responsibility of the purchaser to dispose of it in accordance with local laws and regulations at the time of disposal.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/prp. Therefore. In some areas. as shown above. or recovered at end of life. IBM offers a variety of product return programs and services in several countries to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive. Information on IBM product recycling offerings can be found on IBM’s Internet site at http://www. recycled. The materials should be recycled where facilities are available and according to local regulations. but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive. Contact your IBM representative for more information. xvi 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) is to be collected separately and to be reused.shtml. Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU) and Norway. This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away. The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union. End of Life (EOL) Plan This box is a purchased unit. IBM may provide a product take-back program that ensures proper handling of the product. Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE. recycling and recovery of WEEE. must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste. External safety agencies have reviewed the library and have obtained approvals to the latest standards as they apply. contact your local IBM representative. This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2002/96/EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE).

nickel metal hydride. or proper disposal of used IBM sealed lead acid. and other battery packs from IBM Equipment. go to http://www. For information on proper disposal of these batteries. recycling. nickel cadmium. In Taiwan. will expose you to lead. Safety and Environmental Notices xvii . The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly. lithium. contact IBM at 1-800-426-4333. Please have the IBM part number listed on the battery available prior to your call. For information on disposal of batteries outside the United States. IBM has established a return process for reuse. or lithium ion battery.com/ibm/environment/products/batteryrecycle. Cable Warning WARNING: Handling the cord on this product or cords associated with accessories sold with this product. nickel cadmium.ibm. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. the following applies: Please recycle batteries. Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information. a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer. nickel metal hydride.shtml or contact your local waste disposal facility.Battery Return Program This product may contain sealed lead acid. Wash hands after handling. and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In the United States.

xviii 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

and offers information about where to order cartridges and supplies. describes methods for cleaning its tape drives. “Standard Features. “Physical Planning Specifications. sets forth fire-suppression provisions. Appendix B. “Using Ultrium Media.” describes the requirements of the Fibre Channel interface. “Using 3592 Tape Drive Media. It includes the following chapters: Chapter 1.” provides tables that show the quantity of storage slots that are available in library frames. Chapter 3.” tells where and how to send your comments about this book. summarizes its primary components. tells how to clean a tape drive. | © Copyright IBM Corp. Appendix A.” lists dimensions of the 3584 Tape Library. addresses its Multi-Path architecture capabilities. discusses the role of World Wide Names. describes how to inspect a cartridge leader. “Statement of Limited Warranty. provides tips on storing. “Introduction. Chapter 6. 2004. and a specified quantity of drives are installed.Preface This guide contains information about how to plan for the IBMR TotalStorageR 3584 Tape Library. It defines the information that appears on a bar code. Chapter 2. tells how to set the write-protect switch on a tape cartridge. and handling cartridges.” describes the data and cleaning cartridges to use in Ultrium Tape Drives.” provides an overview of the 3584 Tape Library. and defines specifications for the library and the media. “Using the Fibre Channel Interface. gives requirements for a bar code label. shipping.” gives the codes that you need when ordering features for all models of the 3584 Tape Library. gives requirements for a bar code label. Chapter 4. It describes clearance requirements. power plug. the upper and lower I/O stations are used. Chapter 5. 2005 xix . provides tips about storing. describes the method for determining supported servers and operating systems. In addition. shipping. describes how it can process both Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Cartridges and IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. the requirements for the power cord. discusses the address scheme for the Fibre Channel tape drives. depending on whether the whether the Capacity On Demand or Capacity Expansion Features are installed. and power receptacle are addressed. It also gives information about the electronic emission regulations that pertain to the 3584 Tape Library in the United States and other countries or regions. lists the types of topologies that the 3584 Tape Library supports. “Frame Capacity. and handling cartridges. tells how to set the write-protect switch on a tape cartridge. “Notices.” describes the data and cleaning cartridges to use in the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and the new 3592 E05 Tape Drive. It defines the information that appears on a bar code label. tells how it can interact in both mainframe and Open Systems environments. and provides information about connectors and adapters. and offers information about where to order cartridges and supplies. and outlines performance considerations.” contains the warranty statement for the 3584 Tape Library. Chapter 7.

visit the web at http://www. GA32-0464 v IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference.com/pubs/html/as400/infocenter. v For a list of compatible software. To ensure that you have the latest publications. Select Resource library. and servers for 3592 Tape Drives.html.com/storage/lto. visit the web at http://www. IBM Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 Source For information about the IBM Eserver pSeries(R) and the RS/6000(R) servers. GC35-0512 v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Tape Drive SCSI Reference.ibm. Under 3592 Tape Drive. SG24-5946 IBM Eserver and AS/400 Source For information about the IBM Eserver(R) iSeries(TM) and the AS/400(R) servers. Select Download interoperability matrix. select Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for LTO. operating systems.com/servers/eserver/pseries. select Product details. Other Publications and Sources v For a list of compatible software. visit the web at http://publib. GA32-0472 v IBM TotalStorage 3953 Library Manager Model L05 Operator Guide.ibm. Select LTO compatibility.Related Information Refer to the following publications and sources for additional information about the 3584 Tape Library. GA32-0465 v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape System Introduction and Planning Guide.com/servers/eserver/zseries. select Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for 3592 Tape Drive.ibm.com/storage/lto IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Publications v IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.ibm. GA32-0466 v IBM TotalStorage SMI-S Agent for Tape Installation Guide. visit the web at http://www.boulder. Under 3584 Tape Library. Under Compatibility information. Under Compatibility information. GA32-0454 v The IBM TotalStorage Tape Libraries Guide for Open Systems.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/drives. operating systems. visit the web at http://www. IBM Eserver zSeries Source For information about the IBM Eserver zSeries(R) server. GA32-0468 v IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Maintenance Information (provided with the 3584 Tape Library) v IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library SCSI Reference. GA32-0450 | xx 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . select Product details. v IBM TotalStorage 3953 Tape System Introduction and Planning Guide. visit the web at: http://www. and servers for Ultrium Tape Drives. GA32-0473 v IBM TotalStorage 3953 Tape Frame F05 Maintenance Information Model L05 (provided with the 3593 Tape System) v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape System Operator Guide.ibm.

GC35-0483 v IBM TotalStorage Tape Device Drivers Installation and User’s Guide.pdf. To access. SG24-6502.pdf file to access the document.html.com/servers/storage/support/lto/3584.ibm. v Implementing IBM Tape in Unix Systems. then select Publications.storage. This book is available on the web at http://www. Preface xxi . SG24-6268. GA32-0430 v IBM Ultrium Device Drivers Programming Reference. Under Media products. then select LTO label specifications. This book is available on the web at http://www.redbooks. This document is available on the web at http://www. v The LTO Ultrium Primer for IBM eServer iSeries Customers.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246502. GC35-0154 v Implementing IBM Tape in Linux and Windows.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/resource-library. Attention: The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library is designed to work with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification and the Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. select the . Under Content.ibm. v IBM Ultrium Device Drivers Installation and User’s Guide. v IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Performance. G229-9054.pdf file to access the document.html.com/media/tapecartridges/index. Under the Product details tab. The following label providers have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code labels that meet the foregoing specifications and requirements.com. and is not an endorsement or recommendation of such providers.ibm. Authorized Suppliers of Bar Code Labels You can order bar code labels directly from the authorized label suppliers listed in Table 1 on page xxii. This book is available on the web at www. register for a userid and password. select the . IBM has not reviewed the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by such companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing equipment. Under Abstract.redbooks. then select Library in the navigation area. v Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. Under the Publications category. IBM is not responsible for the quality of bar code labels procured from sources other than IBM. This information is applicable to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies.com/redpieces/pdfs/sg246268.pdf. REDP-3580.html. go to http://www. a white paper that is available from your IBM Representative v To access installation instructions for customer-setup units (CSUs) from the web. select 3584 Tape Library.redbooks.ibm. v IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification. select 3592 Tape Cartridges.com/servers/resourcelink. Under Related information. Select LTO Ultrium media. Search on REDP-3580. This information is provided for the convenience of 3584 Tape Library users only. This document is available on the web at www. select 1/2" Tape cartridges.| v ERserver Safety Notices.ibm. select Barcode Label Specification for use with 3592 Tape Media.ibm. This publication is available at http://www.

com. Telephone: 203-372-6382 http://www. Essex CM3 5UL U. Telephone: 44 (0) 1245-322380 http://www. S.netclabels. CO 80020-1633 U. A. Ltd. K.uk NetC Asia Pacific Pty Ltd Locked Bag 14 Kenthurst NSW Australia 2156 Telephone: 61 (0) 2 9654 8272 http://www.tri-optic. S. A.co.Table 1. TA3 6LX Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439 http://www. A.htm NetC Europe Ltd Town Farm Bungalow North Curry Taunton Somerset U. Telephone: 800-432-1337 or 303-666-2160 http://www. Telephone: 800-426-4844 http://www.netcllc.netclabels.com/media_labelling. S.com/ In Europe and Asia Dataware Labels Europe Heubergstrasse 9 D-83052 Bruckmuhl-Gotting Germany Telephone: 49 806-29455 http://www.au xxii 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .com/ NetC P.datawarelabels.datawarelabels.com/ EDP Europe. TX 77081 U.edpeurope. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels In the Americas Dataware 7570 Renwick Houston. K. 43 Redhills Road South Woodham Ferrers Chelmsford. O. Box 320784 Fairfield. CT 06432 U.com/ EDP/Colorflex 2550 West Midway Boulevard Broomfield.

increases capacity over its predecessor (the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A. a Fibre Channel drive that can be used in both newly purchased and installed Model L22 and D22 frames. describes the library’s cartridge capacity. also known as the 3592 J1A Tape Drive). Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. 2005 a69i0135 1 . The 3592 E05 Tape Drive features a native capacity of up to 500 GB when used with the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. | The 3584 Tape Library is a stand-alone device that provides reliable. 3592 J1A Tape Drive. It has a native data rate of 100 MB/s . 2004. describes the data rate and capacity for the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives. or Ultrium 2 Tape Drive without scheduling downtime by © Copyright IBM Corp. Figure 2 shows a 6-frame version of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. and gives the supported interfaces for each type of drive. The drive. known as the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library This section introduces the IBM® TotalStorage® 3584 Tape Library. The library can contain up to 16 frames. and offers the same capabilities as the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. Overview of 3584 Tape Library This section gives the maximum quantity of frames and drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. A recent enhancement to the library is support of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model E05. | | | | | | | | Figure 2. automated tape handling and storage for both mainframe and Open Systems environments.Chapter 1. The library can expand to 16 frames and can include 192 drives. | | | | | Additional enhancements to the 3584 Tape Library enable you to: v Configure the 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive in the same frame or the same logical library. The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. v Update drive firmware for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive.

A library of Model L52 and D52 frames can contain up to 6887 cartridges. IBM Service Representatives can update drive firmware with no downtime by using CETool. v Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. the 3584 Tape Library has the ability to share its data across both Open Systems and zSeries host servers. v Gather and report data for drive and media usage by using the library’s IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface. This drive also has a native data rate of 40 MB/s. with a library capacity of 2752 TB. This drive has a native data rate of 100 MB/s. In addition to moving cartridges to various locations. which features a native capacity of 500 GB with the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. v Realize investment protection because the Model L22 and D22 frames are compatible with the canisters that contain the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and 3592 E05 Tape Drive. A library of Model L22 and D22 frames can contain up to 6260 cartridges. the library’s optimized dual-gripper transport mechanism promotes failover protection by housing two | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . the 3584 Tape Library also uses the Ethernet 10/100 interface. with a library capacity of 3130 TB. which features a native capacity of 400 GB with the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge or the IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029 (LTO Ultrium 400 GB WORM Data Cartridges). This drive has a native data rate of 80 MB/s. Drives and frames include the: v IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A (known as the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive). L52. and because Model L22 and D22 frames are compatible with Model L32. For more information. with a library capacity of 1376 TB. v Ultrium 1 Tape Drive. A library of Model L52 and D52 frames can contain up to 6887 cartridges. This drive also has a native data rate of 35 MB/s. v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A. and D52 frames. with a library capacity of 1377 TB. This drive has a native data rate of 15 MB/s. In addition. which features a native capacity of 100 GB with the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model E05. which features a native capacity of 200 GB with the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB Data Cartridge. which features a native capacity of 300 GB with the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge.The Ultrium 3 Tape Drive and both models of the 3592 Tape Drive use only Fibre Channel attachment. A library of Model L52 and D52 frames can contain up to 6887 cartridges. with a library capacity of 2754 TB. A library of Model L22 and D22 frames can contain up to 6260 cartridges. a library of Model L32 and D32 frames can contain up to 6881 cartridges. D32. For more information. and supports two types of transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP): the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and the Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) web user interface for library management. To promote interoperability. A library of Model L32 and D32 frames can contain up to 6881 cartridges. go to the section about SNMP messaging and the web interface.| | | | | | | | | | | using the web (but not by using the SCSI interface). A library of Model L32 and D32 frames can contain up to 6881 cartridges. go to the section about attachment interfaces. with a library capacity of 1878 TB. Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives use Fibre Channel and Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) attachment. The capacity for each type of library is 688 TB. The 3584 Tape Library comes with several tape drive and frame options to meet your needs. v Achieve significant increases in both cartridge capacity and data rate by using the 3592 E05 Tape Drive.

the optimized dual gripper can house both Ultrium and 3592 Tape Cartridges. The basic 3584 Tape Library is a single storage unit known as the base frame (Models L32 or L52 for LTO Ultrium Tape Drives. For more information. The library’s scalability allows you to increase capacity by adding up to fifteen additional storage units. cartridge mount performance is optimized and the library’s availability is enhanced because it can operate without disruption should any component of an accessor fail. which virtualizes the locations of cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. and describes the models of the 3584 Tape Library. To use dual accessors and service bays. go to the section about dual accessors and service bays in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. “SNMP Messaging” on page 24 This section describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The 3584 Tape Library offers an optional second cartridge accessor. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 3 . “Fibre Channel Interface” on page 20 “SCSI Interface” on page 21 | | | | Structure of 3584 Tape Library This section defines base and expansion frames. “Web Interface” on page 42 This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. “LTO Ultrium Tape Drives” on page 11 “3592 Tape Drives” on page 13 “Tape Cartridges Supported by the 3584 Tape Library” on page 17 This section gives information about the tape cartridges that you can use in the 3584 Tape Library.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | grippers. When a library is installed with a second accessor. which allows the 3584 Tape Library to send alerts about problems over a LAN network to a monitoring server. go to the section about the optimized dual gripper in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. The frames join end to Chapter 1. the 3584 Tape Library must be installed with the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). The second accessor includes a new D22 or D52 frame as service bay B and requires that you order a 3584 Tape Library high-availability (HA1) frame. Logical libraries can then consist of unique drives and ranges of volume serial numbers instead of fixed locations. the library’s firmware is downward compatible with existing frames of the 3584 Tape Library. Also go to the section about the Advanced Library Management System in this publication. Except for D42 frames that contain Digital Linear Tape (DLT) drives. To learn more. the other gripper provides failover by taking control and continuing to process the cartridge. called expansion frames. the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. If one gripper fails. “Advanced Library Management System” on page 33 This section gives an overview of the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). Related concepts “Attachment Interfaces” on page 20 This section describes the types of interfaces that are available with the 3584 Tape Library. known as service bay A. or Model L22 for 3592 Tape Drives). For libraries that mix drive types.

two frames that are used as service bays are required.) shorter in depth than Models L32 and D32. If you order dual accessors. The 3584 Tape Library features an optional second cartridge accessor. The Model D32 is approximately 307 mm (12 in.end. The Model L32 is approximately 307 mm (12 in. Model D22 An expansion frame that uses up to twelve 3592 Tape Drives and up to 400 IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. The following is a description of each frame: Model L22 A base frame that uses up to twelve 3592 Tape Drives and up to 260 IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges.) longer in depth than Model L52. This frame can optionally be configured as service bay B. and D52 are compatible with Models L32 and D32. Models L22. Model D52 An expansion frame that uses up to twelve Ultrium Tape Drives and up to 440 IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. base frame. Model HA1 contains only slots for diagnostic cartridges. The additional expansion frames are supported by a common cartridge accessor that requires no pass-through mechanism. (For more information. Model L32 A base frame that uses up to twelve Ultrium Tape Drives and up to 281 IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. see the section about dual accessors and service bays in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.) shorter in depth than Model D32. but will require additional features because they use different side and rear covers. Each frame may contain up to twelve Ultrium Tape Drives or 3592 Tape Drives. L52. Model D32 An expansion frame that uses up to twelve Ultrium Tape Drives and up to 440 IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. or expansion frame.) shorter in depth than Model L32. Model HA1 Required when you order the optional second accessor. The Model D22 is approximately 307 mm (12 in. D22. a frame that is used as a service bay and that contains no tape drives or data cartridge capacity. The Model D52 is approximately 307 mm (12 in. This frame is always configured as service bay A. The Model L52 is approximately 307 mm (12 in. The Model L22 is approximately 307 mm (12 in. but may not contain a mix of both. Service bay A is known as Model HA1 and service bay B is a Model D22 or Model D52 frame. with the base frame on the left and the expansion frame on the right. Model L52 A base frame that uses up to twelve Ultrium Tape Drives and up to 287 IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges.) longer in depth than Model D52.) shorter in depth than Model L32. This frame can optionally be configured as service bay B.) For The models of the 3584 Tape Library vary. depending on the type of drives that they contain and whether the frame is a service bay. If you change from a Model L32 or D32 to a Model D22 or D52 (or from a Model D22 or | | 4 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . The Model HA1 is approximately 307 mm (12 in.) shorter in depth than Model D32.

D52 to a Model L32 or D32) within the same library you may also need new side covers. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 5 . A Model L22 or L52 (the base frame) is on the left. respectively. Figure 3 shows examples of a base and an expansion frame. Models L22 and D22 house 3592 Tape Cartridges. Models L22. a69i0136 Chapter 1. “Mixing Drives in a Logical Library” on page 26 This section contains information about drives that are compatible in a logical library of the 3584 Tape Library. D32. D22. The IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface and 10/100 Ethernet support are included with Models L22 and L52. they are available as feature codes 1662 and 1660. If you have a Model D42. L52. “Mixing Media in Drives” on page 26 This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library. Related reference “Mixing Drives in Frames” on page 25 This section contains a matrix of drives that are compatible in a frame (model) of the 3584 Tape Library. and D52 house LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. Related concepts “Tape Drives Supported by the 3584 Tape Library” on page 11 This section introduces the types of drives that can be installed in the 3584 Tape Library. Figure 3. Models L32. A Model D22 or D52 (the expansion frame) is on the right and attaches to the base frame. Frames in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. For Model L32. and D32 are not shown. “Web Interface” on page 42 This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. it must be removed or converted to a Model D32 before you can add a Model D22 or D52. L32.

Note: To use dual accessors and service bays. the 3584 Tape Library features enhanced availability through its ability to use that accessor and to operate without disruption when any component of the working accessor fails.) The second accessor is part of feature code 1440 (Service Bay B Configuration).Dual Accessors and Service Bays in the 3584 Tape Library This section explains that when an optional second accessor is installed. If you order a second accessor you must also order a 3584 high availability (HA1) frame. collects another cartridge from a random storage slot. the library automatically determines which accessor can 6 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0314 . Figure 4 shows the location of service bays in the 3584 Tape Library. which is also known as service bay A. see the section about the Advanced Library Management System in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide. | | | | | Figure 4. which also includes a new D22 or D52 frame as service bay B. (A mount occurs when the accessor removes a cartridge from a drive. go to the section about library performance in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide. Service bay A (the HA1 frame) is on the far left. As you view the library from the front. cartridge mount performance is also optimized. When dual accessors are installed and an attached host issues a command for cartridge movement. service bay A is on the far left and service bay B is on the far right. the 3584 Tape Library must be installed with the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). moves it to and loads it into the drive. If the library is installed with the optional second accessor. For information about library availability and performance. Service bay B (the D22 or D52 frame) is on the far right and contains the second accessor. For additional information. returns it to its storage slot. Location of service bays in the 3584 Tape Library.

To convert the existing service bay to an expansion frame. the Service Representative will Chapter 1. Place only diagnostic cartridges in the gripper test slots. This process requires no scheduled downtime (downtime is designed to be less than one hour). Service bay A (the HA1 frame) is on the left and contains only gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges. Service bay B contains gripper test slots (2) for diagnostic cartridges. and also contains unusable storage slots (3). your IBM Service Representative can convert service bay B to an expansion frame. the second accessor assumes control and eliminates system outage or the need for operator intervention. If you already have an installed 3584 Tape Library and you want to add a second accessor. see the section about setting the preferred zone in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. Service bay A (the HA1 frame) contains only gripper test slots (1 in Figure 5) for diagnostic cartridges. Converting from a single accessor to a dual accessor library requires that the Service Representative take down the entire library. Figure 5. This process is called setting the preferred zone. Figure 5 shows the location of slots in the service bays. add the new frame or frames to the right. Although the library uses defaults to specify the zones (areas) in which the accessors operate. For details. If the library’s primary accessor fails. Should your library already contain the service bays and you decide to add one or more D22 or D52 expansion frames. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 7 . Service bay B (the D22 or D52 frame) is on the right and contains both gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges and unusable storage slots. Cartridge slots in the service bays of the 3584 Tape Library. your IBM Service Representative can add the accessor and its service bays. do not place data or cleaning cartridges in them. and convert the last frame on the right to service bay B.perform the mount in the most timely manner. The storage slots in service bay B are not used if the frame is configured as a service bay. Each service bay contains gripper test slots for three Ultrium diagnostic cartridges and three 3592 diagnostic cartridges. you can specify particular zones by using the Tape Library Specialist web interface.

remove the test slots and replace them with storage slots. For a more complete description of each component. 8 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . the Service Representative removes specific storage slots and replaces them with the test slots. The 3584 Tape Library consists of the major components shown in Figure 6 on page 10 (the figure depicts Model L52). For more information. Similarly. Components of 3584 Tape Library This section shows and describes the major parts of the 3584 Tape Library. contact your IBM Service Representative or see the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Maintenance Information guide. to convert a D22 or D52 frame to a service bay. see the appropriate sections in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.

When you order the Capacity Expansion Feature for the Model L22. and up to 12 tape drives. 2 Rail system The assembly on which the cartridge accessor moves through the library. 5 Cartridge storage slots Cells that are mounted in the 3584 Tape Library and used to store tape cartridges. cartridge storage slots. 11 Frame control assembly (FCA) An assembly of components that facilitates RS-422 communication between the set of drives within the frame and the accessor controller and operator panel controller. capped opening for a library whose Fibre Channel cables are routed above the library. a touchscreen liquid crystal display (LCD). Chapter 1. 8 Door safety switch A device in each frame that shuts down the motion power to the cartridge accessor whenever the front door is opened. capped opening for a library whose power cable attaches to an outlet mounted above the library. 7 Front door The front door of any frame. IBM Ultrium Tape Drives use LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Drives and 3592 Tape Drives may not be mixed in the same frame. the storage slots inside the front door become enabled and can increase the tape library’s capacity. 14 Fibre Channel cable hole An optional. The system includes the top and bottom rails. 6 IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Drives or 3592 Tape Drives Mounted in the 3584 Tape Library. the operator panel is the set of indicators and controls that lets you perform operations and determine the status of the library. a power-on indicator. 9 I/O stations Up to two cartridge compartments on the front door of the 3584 Tape Library that allow you to insert or remove tape cartridges without the library performing a reinventory of the frame. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 9 . 12 Patch panel A panel that houses the cable connections for the drives that use Fibre Channel interfaces. it will also have a second accessor controller. 10 Operator panel and operator panel controller Located on the front of the base frame. The FCA also controls the distribution of ac power to frames and dc power to the library. If your library includes a second accessor. The operator panel controller is a circuit board that facilitates communication between the operator panel and the accessor controller. 4 Accessor controller A circuit board that facilitates all accessor motion requests (such as calibrations. 13 Power cable hole An optional. or L52. An optional second accessor is available with two service bays. The panel consists of the library power switch. and the controller for the I/O stations. and Model D22 for 3592 Tape Drives). Each frame contains a rail system.1 Library frames The base frame (Model L52 or L32 for Ultrium Tape Drives and Model L22 for 3592 Tape Drives) and the expansion frame (Model D52 or Model D32 for Ultrium Tape Drives. 3592 Tape Drives use IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. L32. 3 Cartridge accessor with optimized dual-gripper transport mechanism The assembly that moves tape cartridges between storage slots. tape drives. and inventory updates). and the I/O stations. one or more units that read and write data that is stored on tape cartridges. moves.

The front and rear of the Model L52 library are shown.13 1 8 14 6 10 9 7 5 3 2 4 11 12 Figure 6. 10 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0126 . Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.

| | | | | | | | | | LTO Ultrium Tape Drives You can identify the Ultrium 2 or Ultrium 3 Tape Drive by the logo at the front of the drive and the label at the rear of the drive’s canister. Most field upgrades will require new library firmware that supports all current features of the 3584 Tape Library. as well as in installed L32. Note: The features and functions of this release are not supported by frames that contain Digital Linear Tape (DLT) drives (called DLT libraries). only the data that is written on the WORM media is treated as WORM data. this release will be supported on the 3584 Tape Library. If the code level is 54K1 or higher. The LTO Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives are high-performance. or by removing all D42 frames. except for DLT drives and media. the drive is capable of WORM functionality. CLNUxxL1) LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (IBM only. In this case. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 11 . high-capacity data-storage units that can be installed in the 3584 Tape Library. CLNIxxL1) Ultrium 3 Tape Drive Y 1 Ultrium 2 Tape Drive N 2. D32.Tape Drives Supported by the 3584 Tape Library This section introduces the types of drives that can be installed in the 3584 Tape Library. Cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives Cartridge Ultrium 3 WORM Data Cartridge (xxxxxxLT) Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL3) Ultrium 2 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL2) Ultrium 1 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL1) IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (universal. L52. You can identify the Ultrium 1 Tape Drive by the label at the rear of its canister. An Ultrium 3 Tape Drive with WORM capability can recognize WORM-compatible media. but the two types of drives may not be mixed in the same frame. You can identify a drive by examining the logo at its front or by inspecting the label at the rear of the drive’s canister. Table 2 give cartridge compatibility for the Ultrium 3 Tape Drives. When this is done. A DLT library can be upgraded to a library that uses all Ultrium Tape Cartridges or a mix of Ultrium and 3592 tape cartridges by converting the D42 frames to D32 frames. data written on other types of media can be overwritten. Ultrium Tape Drives do not read or write to 3592 Tape Cartridges. The 3584 Tape Library supports Ultrium 3 Tape Drives and Ultrium 3 tape cartridges in newly purchased L52 and D52 frames. and 3592 Tape Drives do not read or write to Ultrium Tape Cartridges. 3 Ultrium 1 Tape Drive N3 N3 N3 Y Y5 Y Y Y Y4 Y Y N3 Y Y Y Y Chapter 1. and D52 frames. Table 2. A WORM-capable Ultrium 3 Tape Drive can be identified by the level of code it contains. Up to 12 drives may be installed in each frame of the library. An Ultrium 3 Tape Drive both with and without WORM-capable firmware reads and writes non-WORM media. This means that you can load WORM-capable firmware on your Ultrium 3 drives and use any media that is supported by LTO Ultrium 3 drives.

and Ultrium 3 Tape Drives and cartridges can reside in the same frame. Cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives (continued) Cartridge Note: 1. a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L3 is an Ultrium 3 cartridge. 5. the last character of its volume serial (VOLSER) number indicates the generation of the media. Supported for read-only. and power management. “Ultrium Bar Code Label” on page 86 This section describes the appearance and specifications of the Ultrium bar code label. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | You or your IBM Service Representative can update firmware for the LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive and the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive without scheduling downtime. and gives the supported interfaces for each type of drive. For more information. describes the library’s cartridge capacity. Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives include speed matching. Related reference “Mixing Drives in Frames” on page 25 This section contains a matrix of drives that are compatible in a frame (model) of the 3584 Tape Library. To enhance library performance. This enhancement is called a nondisruptive drive firmware update. N = unsupported. Y = supported. For example. 4. and read/write head characteristics. 12 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . describes the data rate and capacity for the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives. Requires drive firmware level 25D4 or higher.Table 2. a cartridge with a VOLSER of 003995L2 is an Ultrium 2 cartridge. Ultrium 2. Ultrium 3 Tape Drive Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Ultrium 1 Tape Drive The Ultrium Tape Drives can read tapes that have been written by non-IBM Ultrium drives. Power management reduces the drive’s power consumption during idle power periods. The library rejects any command to move unsupported media to a drive and returns a sense key of 5 and an additional sense code/additional sense code qualifier of 30/00. media characteristics. They also write to tapes that can be read by non-IBM Ultrium drives. Ultrium 1. Speed matching dynamically adjusts the drive’s native (uncompressed) data rate to the slower data rate of a server. It is available through the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface or through CETool (a resource for the service representative). The customization enables compensation for variations in the recording channel transfer function. go to the section about using the web to update drive firmware in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. When a cartridge is labeled according to proper IBM bar code label specifications. 2. Related concepts “Overview of 3584 Tape Library” on page 1 This section gives the maximum quantity of frames and drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. Channel calibration customizes each read/write data channel for optimum performance. channel calibration. 3.

read many (WORM) capability Capacity scaling and short cartridge Yes Yes Yes Yes 300 GB (using Model J1A format) 80 MB/s (using Model J1A format) 40 MB/s (using Model J1A format) Model J1A Chapter 1. the features and behaviors of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive closely resemble those of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 13 . while the 3592 J1A Tape Drive offers the same but at a 2-Gbps rate. Table 3.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Native capacity Native sustained data rate “Mixing Drives in a Logical Library” on page 26 This section contains information about drives that are compatible in a logical library of the 3584 Tape Library. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive has dual-port. Features of the 3592 Tape Drives Feature 3592 Tape Drives Model E05 100 MB/s (using Model E05 format) 50 MB/s (using Model J1A format) 200 MB/s Compressed sustained data rate (using Model E05 format) 100 MB/s (using Model J1A format) 500 GB (using Model E05 format) 300 GB (using Model J1A format) Write once. Both use the Statistical Analysis and Recording System (SARS) to isolate failures between media and hardware. 4-Gbps. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive has a service panel port for use by an IBM Service Representative. A 3592 Tape Drive cannot read or write to a High Performance Cartridge Tape (media type J) or to an Extended High Performance Cartridge Tape (media type K). Both drives include an RS-422 library interface port for communication with the 3584 Tape Library. Like the 3592 J1A Tape Drive3592 E05 Tape Drive. These features offer flexibility in an Open Systems environment because the drives can directly attach to Open Systems servers with Fibre Channel attachments. “Mixing Media in Drives” on page 26 This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library. 3592 Tape Drives For minimal upgrade disruption. Table 3 shows the basic features of both the 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. native switch fabric Fibre Channel interfaces.

and availability: v N+1 power supplies when installed in the 3584 frame v Large 128-MB internal data buffer v Digital speed matching to adjust the drive’s native data rate to the net host data rate (after data compressibility has been factored out) throughput performance v Channel calibration which is designed to allow for customization of each read/write data channel for optimum performance v High resolution tape directory plus enhanced search speed to improve nominal and average access times v Streaming Lossless Data Compression (SLDC) algorithm which is designed to offer an improvement over previous IBM lossless compression algorithms | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | The 3592 E05 Tape Drive offers all of the preceding features of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. For more information. Media reuse The 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive can reuse different types of tape and multiple densities (logical formats) across various drive generations. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive reads and writes both the logical format and density of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive (512 tracks and 8 channels) and the 3592 E05 Tape Drive (896 track and 16 channels) on the JA. Tape Drive. Speed matching When operating in a host environment where the net host data rate is less than the maximum drive native data rate. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive 14 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . capacity. which can only read and write at a single density). JJ. while others (such as the 3592 E05 Tape Drive) can read and write at multiple densities. 2-Gbps Fibre Channel interface Maximum interface burst transfer rate of 200 MB/s Supports N and NL ports with autoconfigure The following additional features of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive help to improve performance.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Table 3. Features of the 3592 Tape Drives (continued) Feature 3592 Tape Drives Model E05 Reads and writes Read/write capability Model E05 format Reads and writes Model J1A format Supports dual-port. go to the section about capacity scaling and segmentation or refer to the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 Introduction and Planning Guide. These logical formats can be divided into multiple sub-format options. 4-Gbps Fibre Channel interface Host (server) attachment Maximum interface burst transfer rate of 400 MB/s Supports N and NL ports with autoconfigure Model J1A Cannot reads or write to Model E05 format Reads and writes Model J1A format Supports dual-port. Certain models may only support a subset of densities (such as the 3592 J1A. JW media types. such as segmentation and capacity scaling. go to the section about 3592 Tape Drive media or refer to the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library SCSI Reference. plus the following. JR. For additional information.

The customization compensates for variations in the recording channel transfer function. If you write and overwrite multiple trailer labels. For optimum error rate performance. For the exact Mode Select commands and settings necessary to invoke scaling. refer to the appendix about WORM behavior in the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive can sense and report the scaling state of current medium by using the SCSI Mode Sense command and specifying Mode Page X’23’. Capacity scaling If you want to exchange capacity for improved access times. High resolution tape directory (HRTD) Located in the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. Capacity scaling is only offered on the JA cartridge. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive also uses on-the-fly adaptive equalization hardware on an ongoing basis to adjust the read equalization response. A reduction in backhitches improves system performance. refer to the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library SCSI Reference. read many (WORM) behaviors and format attributes that are identical to the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. but do not allow data to be overwritten under any circumstances. Recursive accumulating backhitchless flush The 3592 E05 Tape Drive uses an algorithm known as recursive accumulating backhitchless flush (or non-volatile caching) to increase effective data rate performance from host servers that force explicit Synchronize operations during Write operations. Capacity-based and position-based LEOT reporting The 3592 E05 Tape Drive uses enhanced logic to report logical end-of-tape (LEOT) data. The drive reports LEOT based on a combination of indicators Chapter 1. Channel calibration and on-the-fly adaptive equalization To gain optimum performance. and for read and write head characteristics. channel calibration allows the drive to automatically customize each read and write data channel. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 15 . Dynamic speed matching adjusts the native data rate of the drive as closely as possible to the net host data rate (after data compressibility has been factored out). Two WORM cartridge types are supported: JW (full length) and JR (short length). Backhitchless backspace Backhitchless backspacing enables some backspace operations to be virtualized without physical backhitching. For more information.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | automatically performs dynamic speed matching to minimize backhitches. this firmware feature provides major performance improvements. but the support is extended into the WORM logical format of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. such as scaling and segmentation modes. Initial calibration settings are calculated and stored at the time of manufacture. Both 3592 Tape Drives allow append operations to data already on WORM cartridges. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive supports multiple format options. this directory structure allows the drive to have fast and consistent nominal and average access times for Locate operations. as well as continuing the support for the WORM logical format of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. for media characteristics. WORM cartridges are factory-formatted as WORM cartridges and may not be converted to data cartridges. WORM The 3592 E05 Tape Drive supports write once.

The 3592 E05 Tape Drive supports all automation systems that are supported by the 3592 J1A Tape Drive at identical drive-packaging densities. Enhanced format for recording error-correction codes (ECCs) The logical format of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive offers improved error-correction-code capabilities over the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and LTO formats by increasing the power of one of the two orthogonal Reed-Solomon ECCs that protect the data on tape. the drive automatically continues to stream down the tape and read ahead until the data buffer is full. the data buffer also supports a Read Ahead feature. The method is identical to one used by the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. a more consistent capacity is recorded to the media. which greatly reduces the amount of data transfer and host search times. The mechanism contains special mechanical and electrical features to prevent damage to the media on power-down or reset and to prevent the dropping of the leader pin or other thread failures during similar interruptions. Data compression The 3592 E05 Tape Drive uses the data-compression method known as streaming lossless data compression (SLDC) algorithm. The drive can perform a search at the maximum data rate (100 MB/s). Along with enabling performance characteristics in buffered Write and Read commands. this technique reports LEOT based on the amount of compressed data that is recorded to the cartridge and reduces the variation in the amount of data recorded before LEOT is issued. 512-MB data buffer with read ahead feature The 3592 E05 Tape Drive includes a data buffer of 512 MB. rather than requiring access to the tape. Drive mechanical and electrical reliability The mechanism of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive is specified at a mean-cycles-between-failure rate of 300. 16 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . When the drive processes a command to locate or read a block. rather than reporting LEOT based on the physical position on the tape (position-based LEOT). Offboard data string searching The 3592 E05 Tape Drive can search the data content of host server records for string matches. although the compression logic for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive operates at more than twice the overall transfer rates of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. This allows subsequent Locate or Read commands to be fulfilled from the data buffer at silicon speeds. this process allows tape copies to complete without overflow. The correction power of the inner code is approximately doubled from that of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and thus offers superior reliability of the data. Multiple subsystem and automation support The 3592 E05 Tape Drive and its cartridge support multiple automation libraries and can be easily transported between environments. For applications that use LEOT to stop the write process. To summarize. which is the highest reliability rating in the industry. For a higher percentage of the time.000 cycles. The function is called offboard data string searching because the data search workload can be performed offboard from the host.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | of capacity-based LEOT and position-based LEOT. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive monitors the total accumulated physical tape files written to the cartridge and reports the LEOT based on the capacity-based LEOT value. It also tolerates extremely high vibration and shock environments without data loss or degraded operation.

The capacity for supported cartridges is: v IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029 (native capacity of 400 GB. It is available through the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface and (for IBM Service Representatives) through CETool. This cartridge is for the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive that does not have WORM capability. your library must contain an I/O station that will accept Ultrium Tape Cartridges). go to section about mixing media in drives. frames that are installed with Ultrium Tape Drives use Ultrium Tape Cartridges. in a library that includes both types of frames. A frame cannot house both Ultrium Tape Drives and 3592 Tape Drives. v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB Data Cartridge (native capacity of 200 GB. go to the section about updating drive firmware in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. describes the data rate and capacity for the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives. Similarly. frames that are installed with 3592 Tape Drives use 3592 Tape Cartridges. and firmware for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive will not work in the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. In the 3584 Tape Library. describes the library’s cartridge capacity. v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge (native capacity of 400 GB. and gives the supported interfaces for each type of drive. you may insert 3592 Tape Cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L52 or L32 frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D22 frame (your library must contain an I/O station that will accept 3592 Tape Cartridges).| | | | | | | | Firmware for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive will not work in the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. a native capacity of 60 or 300 GB and a compressed capacity of up Chapter 1. This cartridge is for the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive that has write once read many (WORM) capability. v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge (when using the 3592 J1A Tape Drive format. you may insert Ultrium Tape Cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L22 frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D52 or D32 frame (again. compressed capacity of 400 GB at 2:1 compression). Related reference “Mixing Media in Drives” on page 26 This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library | | 17 . Tape Cartridges Supported by the 3584 Tape Library This section gives information about the tape cartridges that you can use in the 3584 Tape Library. For more information about the supported cartridges. compressed capacity of 200 GB at 2:1 compression). compressed capacity of 800 GB at 2:1 compression). v IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge (native capacity of 100 GB. This enhancement is called a nondisruptive drive firmware update. Related concepts “Overview of 3584 Tape Library” on page 1 This section gives the maximum quantity of frames and drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. However. but is not supported by the SCSI interface. You can update firmware for the 3592 Tape Drives without scheduling downtime. compressed capacity of 800 GB at 2:1 compression). For more information. The 3592 Tape Drive supports four types of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge.

a native capacity of 500 GB and a compressed capacity of up to 1. when using the 3592 E05 Tape Drive format. operating systems. “Using 3592 Tape Drive Media. and adapters.” on page 105 The section introduces information about the 3592 Tape Drive media. Under Compatibility information. Under 3592 Tape Drive. perform one of the following: v Visit the web: – For a list of compatible software. and servers for Ultrium Tape Drives.ibm. Note: 18 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Select Resource library. visit the web at http://www. Under Compatibility information.5 TB at 3:1 compression) Certain restrictions apply to the use of tape cartridges with drives.ibm.| | | to 900 GB at 3:1 compression. select 3592 Tape Drive supported servers or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for 3592 Tape Drive.com/storage/lto. and servers for 3592 Tape Drives. operating systems. and gives the supported interfaces for each type of drive. The 3584 Tape Library is supported by a wide variety of servers. describes the data rate and capacity for the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives. For additional information about compatibility between cartridges and drives. select 3584 Tape Library supported servers and operating systems or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for LTO. Select LTO compatibility. and CLN for 3592 Cleaning Cartridges. or to get a comprehensive list of compatible software. v Contact your IBM Sales Representative. Servers and Software that Support the 3584 Tape Library This section identifies ways to determine the servers and software that support the 3584 Tape Library. go to the section about mixing media in drives. operating systems. describes the library’s cartridge capacity. “Using Ultrium Media.” on page 81 The section introduces information about Ultrium Tape Media.com/servers/storage/tape/drives. To determine the latest attachments. Under 3584 Tape Library. visit the web at http://www. Related concepts “Overview of 3584 Tape Library” on page 1 This section gives the maximum quantity of frames and drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. Chapter 5. These attachments can change throughout the product’s life cycle. – For a list of compatible software. Cleaning cartridges are identified by a volume serial (VOLSER) number that begins with a prefix of CLNI or CLNU for LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridges. select Product details. select Product details. Related information Chapter 4. Related reference “Mixing Media in Drives” on page 26 This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library.

For support of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive.html Note: If you do not have Internet access and you need information about device drivers. If you attach your library to a non-IBM platform with non-IBM software. ftp://ftp. IBM does not provide application software with the 3584 Tape Library. so that any mtlib command that references categories might need to be changed. contact your Sales Representative. similar to the way the tapeutil utility comes with the SCSI tape device driver. It comes as part of the 3494 device driver. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 19 . the library requires updated device drivers. If a customer with a 3494 Tape Library decides to migrate to the 3584 Tape Library. depending on the functions of the 3494 Tape Library that are used. such as the 3584 Tape Library.com/storage/devdrvr/tapedrivers. which facilitates communication between the 3584 Tape Library and the 3494 Tape Library. It maintains the latest levels of device drivers and driver documentation on the Internet. Chapter 1. or an independent software provider. 2. The mtlib program is a command-line interface that was originally designed to control the 3494 Enterprise Tape Library. 3592 Tape Drives. software. For example. IBM recommends that you contact your software vendor to obtain a matrix of compatible hardware. Existing customer scripts that use the mtlib program require no changes or minor changes. as well as to the IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS). Using mtlib with the 3584 Tape Library This section describes the mtlib program. and adapter cards.software. this mtlib enhancement will ease the migration. and the robotics in the 3584 Tape Library. there is no category concept in SCSI tape libraries. IBM provides device driver support for the Ultrium Tape Drives. 3592 Tape Drives. Use the following URL to access this material (for the Ultrium Tape Drives. firmware revisions. IBM Business Partner. Some customers have written mtlib scripts to work with the 3494 Tape Library. and the robotics in the 3584 Tape Library.1. It maintains the latest levels of device drivers and driver documentation on the Internet. go to the URL then refer to the information for the IBM 3580 Ultrium External Tape Drive). contact your IBM Sales Representative. For support of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive.ibm. go to the URL then refer to the information for the IBM 3580 Ultrium External Tape Drive). Device Drivers that Support the 3584 Tape Library This section identifies ways to determine the latest device drivers for the drives and robotics of the 3584 Tape Library. To order software. and also to the virtual tape drives and cartridges within an attached VTS. The mtlib program provides an interface from the server to a 3494 Tape Library. the library requires updated device drivers. Use the following URL to access this material (for the Ultrium Tape Drives. IBM provides device driver support for the Ultrium Tape Drives. The mtlib program has recently been enhanced to also work with SCSI tape libraries.

SCSI. The library cannot be directly connected to a zSeries server (mainframe host) with a Fibre Connection (FICON) or Enterprise System Connection (ESCON) interface. the zSeries server must connect to a 3953 Tape System and a Tape Control Unit (a 3592 J70 Controller. For drives that use a Fibre Channel interface. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | The 3584 Tape Library supports the following attachment interfaces. and the following TCP/IPs: Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) SNMP traps are supported for drive and library events. or a 3494 VTS Model B20). The sections that follow describe the Fibre Channel. The SCSI Medium Changer Device. Fibre Channel interface The library supports Ultrium Tape Drives and 3592 Tape Drives with a Fibre Channel interface. operating systems. Instead. This provides the interconnection to the 3584 Tape Library. most of the operator panel functionality is provided on the web user interface. a 3494 VTS Model B10. and FICON and ESCON interfaces. which supports: Parallel SCSI interface Models L32 and D32 support Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives with parallel SCSI Low Voltage Differential (LVD) and High Voltage Differential (HVD) interfaces.ibm. then to the 3584 Tape Library. Food and Drug Administration for a Class I Laser Product. The Ethernet 10/100 interface. This laser assembly is registered with the Department of Health and Human Services and is in compliance with IEC825. Except for certain service capabilities.S. visit the web at http://www. Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) An embedded web server provides a web user interface for library management and query capabilities. SNMP management query functionality is supported by using a standard Management Information Block (MIB). Fibre Channel Interface Attention: This product contains an assembly that complies with the performance standards set by the U. and servers for Ultrium Tape Drives. Under 3584 Tape 20 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . the following conditions apply: v For a list of compatible software. Attachment Interfaces This section describes the types of interfaces that are available with the 3584 Tape Library. see the IBM TotalStorage Tape Device Drivers Installation and User’s Guide. The 3584 Tape Library supports the Ethernet 10/100 interface in auto negotiation or fixed modes of 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s.com/storage/lto. and by using half or full duplex.For a complete description of the mtlib program and command syntax.

v For a list of compatible software.com/servers/storage/tape/drives. Under Compatibility information. and servers for 3592 Tape Drives. visit the web at http://www. For information about the replacement design. select Product details. Any combination of up to two initiators (servers) and up to four targets (devices) is allowed on a single SCSI bus if the following conditions are met: v The SCSI bus is terminated properly at each end v Cable restrictions are followed according to SCSI-3 standards Under the SCSI-3 protocol. The technology offers a transport mechanism for delivering commands. Related information Chapter 6.ibm. Select LTO compatibility. Related concepts Chapter 1. 68-pin connectors and can attach directly to a 2-byte-wide SCSI cable. one or more servers. and repeaters used in the interconnection.” on page 127 This section introduces the use of the Fibre Channel interface with the 3584 Tape Library. Under 3592 Tape Drive. While drive trays are still supported. bridges. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 21 . For more information about the SCSI interface. and provides high performance by allowing processing to be done in the hardware. operating systems. they can no longer be ordered. this type of attachment allows cable lengths of up to 25 m (81 ft) with the appropriate cable and terminator for HVD devices and up to 12 m (39 ft) for LVD devices. the following conditions apply: v The Ultrium 2 Tape Drive attaches to a server through a LVD Ultra160 SCSI interface or a High Voltage Differential (HVD) Ultra SCSI interface v The Ultrium 1 Tape Drive attaches to a server through an LVD Ultra2 SCSI interface or an HVD Ultra SCSI interface Each SCSI drive canister uses shielded. VHDCI. Fibre Channel technology combines the best features of traditional input/output (I/O) interfaces (such as the throughput and reliability of SCSI and Programmed Control Interrupt) with the best features of networking interfaces (such as the connectivity and scalability of Ethernet and Token Ring). The network can consist of such elements as switches. For drives that use a SCSI interface. “Using the Fibre Channel Interface. SCSI Interface The 3584 Tape Library operates as a set of SCSI-3 devices. see the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. select 3584 Tape Library supported servers and operating systems or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for LTO. hubs. select Product details. contact your IBM representative.Library. You can establish Fibre Channel connections between Fibre Channel ports that reside in the 3584 Tape Library. Select Resource library. and the network interconnecting them. select 3592 Tape Drive supported servers or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for 3592 Tape Drive. Under Compatibility information. Note: The earlier version of the SCSI drive used HD68 connectors and was packaged on a tray (sled).

The 3953 F05 Frame houses the 3953 L05 Library Manager and the first 3592 J70 Controller. which moves designated tape cartridges to and from the 3592 Tape Drives. So that there is a separate Ethernet connection from the library to the MC. their associated virtual tape controllers (VTCs) are housed in one or more of the 3494 Virtual Tape Frame Model CX1. The 3592 Tape Drives communicate library commands to the MCP in the 3584 Tape Library. D32.“FICON and ESCON Interfaces” FICON and ESCON Interfaces The 3584 Tape Library does not provide native attachment to FICON or ESCON interfaces. If the 3494 VTS Models B10 and B20 VTS are in a Peer-to-Peer (PtP) configuration. A typical 3584 Tape Library only has a single Ethernet port. IBM recommends that the 3584 Tape Library also be connected to the MC. The VTS Models B10 and B20 attach to two Fibre Channel switches in the first 3953 F05 Frame. The zSeries servers attach through a FICON or ESCON interface to one of the following components: v IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller Model J70 (known as the 3592 J70 Controller) v IBM TotalStorage 3494 Virtual Tape Server Model B10 (known as the 3494 B10 VTS) v IBM TotalStorage 3494 Virtual Tape Server Model B20 (known as the 3494 B20 VTS) The 3953 Tape System includes the attachment to an IBM TotalStorage Master Console (MC). In turn. This connection reduces the number of analog phone lines needed for remote support and improves collaboration between the systems in resolving hardware problems. at least one 3584 Tape Library Model D22. For remote support through the MC. the MCP routes the commands to the cartridge gripper of the library. The 3592 J70 Controller. The 3584 Tape Library feature code 9217 (Attached to zSeries OS) provides an Ethernet cable for the library connection to the MC. the 3494 VTS Model B10. the 3494 VTS Model B10. so additional features are needed. or the 3494 VTS Model B20. A 3592 J70 Controller attaches to two Fibre Channel switches within the same 3953 F05 Frame where it is installed. IBM recommends that you set control paths on up to four drives. The 3494 VTS Models B10 and B20 reside in 3494 VTS frames. These Fibre Channel switches route data between 3592 Tape Drives in the 3584 Tape Library and the 3592 J70 Controller. and the 3494 VTS Model B20 communicate with the 3953 L05 Library Manager by using a local area network (LAN). which uses the TCP/IP protocol over Ethernet connections. The 3953 Tape System (3953 F05 Frame and 3953 L05 Library Manager) allows attachment of the 3584 Tape Library with 3592 Tape Drives (not LTO Ultrium Tape Drives) to the IBM zSeries server (mainframe host). 22 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . or D52 frame must have a frame control assembly (feature code 1452 or 1453) that contains a medium changer card pack (MCP) with an Ethernet connection (feature code 1660). the 3584 Tape Library needs a minimum of two Ethernet ports: one attached to your network for use by the storage administrator and one attached to the private MC network for remote support.

zSeries Host Server Attachment to the 3584 Tape Library By Using the 3953 Tape System zSeries Server Mainframe Host ESCON or FICON zSeries Server Mainframe Host ESCON or FICON 3953 F05 Frame 3592 J70 Controller Ethernet Switch 3494 B10 or B20 VTS Ethernet . Attaching the 3584 Tape Library to the zSeries server (mainframe host) When a 3953 L05 Library Manager attaches to a 3584 Tape Library.Figure 7 shows a flowchart of how the zSeries server attaches to the 3584 Tape Library. For detailed information about attaching the IBM zSeries server to the 3584 Tape Library. all of the following functionality must be enabled on the tape library to ensure proper operation: v Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) v Cartridge Assignment Policy v Insert Notification Related concepts “Advanced Library Management System” on page 33 This section gives an overview of the Advanced Library Management System Chapter 1. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library a8300001 3592 Tape Drives RS-422 Serial Medium Changer Card Pack RS-422 Serial 3592 Tape Drives 23 .TCP/IP Ethernet .TCP/IP Fibre Channel Ethernet – TCP/IP Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Switch Fibre Channel 3953 L05 Library Manager Fibre Channel Switch Fibre Channel 3584 Tape Library (Models L22 and D22 Only) Figure 7. see the IBM TotalStorage 3953 Tape Frame Model F05 and Library Manager Model L05 Introduction and Planning Guide.

(ALMS). an option that enables the 3584 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for any new media which does not have a logical library assignment. or the trap is discarded. The monitoring server must be loaded with systems management software that can receive and process the trap. or communications configuration. Using the information supplied in each SNMP trap. Windows users select 3584mib. “Cartridge Assignment Policy” on page 37 “Insert Notification” on page 37 This section describes the insert notification feature. see your Tivoli Netview documentation or the manuals for your network management application). which virtualizes the locations of cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. the monitoring server (together with customer-supplied software) can alert operations staff of possible problems or operator interventions that occur.zip and UNIX(R) users select 3584mib.tar. Because many servers can attach to the library by differing attachment methods. visit http://ftp. such as an open door that causes the library to stop. SNMP supports a get/get-response mechanism for an operator to gather more information about a problem or query the library about its current status. This type of support generally requires an up-to-date library Management Information Base (MIB). hardware number. Figure 8 on page 25 shows the flow of SNMP communication from the library over the Ethernet local area network (LAN) to an SNMP monitoring server. Settings can only be changed by using the Tape Library Specialist web interface or operator panel. A get is a request for information about the library that the operator issues through a monitoring server and which is transmitted by SNMP. SNMP Messaging This section describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). | 24 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . such as the system name. An operator cannot change library settings by using SNMP. which allows the 3584 Tape Library to send alerts about problems over a LAN network to a monitoring server. These alerts are called SNMP traps. Occasionally.software.com/storage/358x/3584/. They include: v IBM 3584 MIB for Version 1 or Version 2c traps v Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA) Storage Media Library (SML) MIB Version 1. A get-response is the information that is provided in response to the get. IBM provides the MIBs that are supported by the library. The library’s MIB contains units of information that specifically describe an aspect of a system. Many monitoring servers (like Tivoli Netview) can be used to send e-mail or pager notifications when they receive an SNMP alert (for more information. the library provides a standard TCP/IP protocol called SNMP to send alerts about conditions (such as an opened door) over a TCP/IP LAN network to an SNMP monitoring server.12 v SNIA SML MIB Version 1. the 3584 Tape Library may encounter a situation that you want to know about.ibm.20b To obtain the MIBs. Logical libraries can then consist of unique drives and ranges of volume serial numbers instead of fixed locations.

Mixing Drives in Frames This section contains a matrix of drives that are compatible in a frame (model) of the 3584 Tape Library.pdf.ibm.ibm. The SNMP messaging system a69i0118 For information about interpreting an SNMP trap or using SNMP MIBs to monitor your library. Related reference “Mixing Drives in a Logical Library” on page 26 This section contains information about drives that are compatible in a logical library of the 3584 Tape Library.com/redpieces/pdfs/sg246268.SNMP Monitoring Server TCP/IP Trap Get Get-Response TCP/IP 3584 Tape Library Figure 8. “Mixing Media in Drives” on page 26 This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library. this book is available on the web at http://www.redbooks. N = unsupported. see the appropriate sections in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246502.redbooks.pdf. Additional information is available in Implementing IBM Tape in Linux and Windows. Y = supported. Mixing drives in frames (models) of the 3584 Tape Library Drive Types Ultrium 3 Ultrium 2 Ultrium 1 3592 J1A Tape Drive Model L22 N 1 Model D22 N N N Y Y Model L32 Y 2 Model D32 Y Y Y N N Model L52 Y Y Y N N Model D52 Y Y Y N N N N Y Y Y Y N N | | | 3592 E05 Tape Drive Note: 1. Chapter 1. Also see Implementing IBM Tape in Unix Systems. 2. this book is available on the web at http://www. Table 4. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 25 .

For situations where the ISV support does not exist or does not meet your requirements. Library Controller Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Logical Library 1 Ultrium 1 and 2 Tape Drives iSeries Logical Library 2 Ultrium 1 Tape Drives only Windows Drive 6 pSeries Figure 9. For example. the last character of an Ultrium cartridge’s volume serial (VOLSER) number indicates the generation of the media. Some independent software vendors (ISVs) support mixed drive types within logical libraries. the 3584 Tape Library provides another option to protect your investment by partitioning the tape drives into separate logical libraries. Figure 9 shows examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive types in a logical library. a cartridge with a VOLSER of 26 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0097 Logical Library 3 Drive 5 Ultrium 3 Tape Drives only . Some ISVs that support mixed drive types do so with restrictions.Mixing Drives in a Logical Library This section contains information about drives that are compatible in a logical library of the 3584 Tape Library. For details. and 3592 Tape Cartridges are not supported by Ultrium drives. contact your ISV. You can customize the partition to any number of slots by using menus or special bar code labels. Ultrium cartridges are not supported by 3592 Tape Drives. Not all cartridges that are supported by the 3584 Tape Library are compatible with all drives. Examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive types in a logical library Mixing Media in Drives This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the 3584 Tape Library. The 3584 Tape Library supports a mixture of Ultrium drive types in a logical library. a cartridge with a volume serial (VOLSER) number of 000764L3 is an Ultrium 3 cartridge. others do not. but it does not support a mixture of Ultrium and 3592 Tape Drives in a logical library. When labeled according to proper IBM bar code label specifications.

003995L2 is an Ultrium 2 cartridge. The library rejects any command to move unsupported media to a drive and returns a sense key of 5 and an additional sense code/additional sense code qualifier of 30/00. JJ. 2. CLNIxxL1) Note: 1. 5. Supported for read-only. the IBM product label represents whether it is a 60-GB or 300-GB R/W cartridge.JA 300 GB 300 GB 3592 WORM Cartridge (standard) JW 500 GB N/A 3592 Economy Cartridge (short data) . Table 5 gives a matrix of cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive reuses existing JA. The drive also supports reading and writing these media types in 3592 J1A Tape Drive logical format or 3592 E05 Tape Drive logical format.67X capacity increase. JR. CLNUxxL1) LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (IBM only. or a 60-GB or 300-GB WORM cartridge. Y = supported.JJ 60 GB 100 GB 60 GB N/A Chapter 1. On a 3592 Tape Cartridge. Cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium Tape Drives Cartridges Ultrium 3 WORM Data Cartridge (xxxxxxLT) Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL3) Ultrium 2 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL2) Ultrium 1 Data Cartridge (xxxxxxL1) IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (universal. 4. and JW media types at 1. Table 6 gives a matrix of cartridges that are compatible with 3592 Tape Drives. Table 5. N = unsupported. Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 Tape Drives Type of Media and Two-Character Designator Specifications of the 3592 E05 Tape Specifications of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive Drive Format Supported R/W1 for Model J1A format R/W for Model E05 format R/W for Model J1A WORM format R/W for Model E05 WORM format R/W for Model J1A format R/W for Model E05 format Native Capacity 300 GB 500 GB Format Supported R/W for Model J1A format N/A2 R/W for Model J1A WORM format N/A R/W for Model J1A format N/A Native Capacity 300 GB N/A 3592 Data Cartridge (standard) . Ultrium Tape Drives Ultrium 3 Y 1 Ultrium 2 N 2 Ultrium 1 N N N3 Y Y5 Y Y Y Y4 Y Y N Y Y Y Y | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Table 6. Both Read/Write and WORM formats are supported. 3. Requires drive firmware level 25D4 or higher. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 27 .

| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Table 6. Ultrium 2 and Ultrium 3 Tape Drives and media in the same logical library. Partitioning also provides investment protection for Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives if your application does not support the mixing of Ultrium 1. Related concepts “Ultrium Bar Code Label” on page 86 This section describes the appearance and specifications of the Ultrium bar code label. Multi-Path Architecture This section discusses Multi-Path Architecture. a feature of the 3584 Tape Library that allows open systems applications to share the library’s robotics. This partitioning capability extends the potential centralization of storage that the SAN enables. the 3584 Tape Library is certified for SAN solutions (such as LAN-free backup). R/W = reads from and writes to a cartridge. The Multi-Path Architecture is compliant with the following attachment interfaces: v Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) v Fibre Channel Whether partitioned or not. Servers can then run separate applications for each logical library. The 3584 Tape Library features the Storage Area Network (SAN)-ready Multi-Path Architecture. The SAN-ready Multi-Path Architecture makes sharing possible by letting you partition the library’s storage slots and tape drives into logical libraries. A control path is a logical path into the library through which a server sends standard SCSI Medium Changer commands to control the logical 28 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .JR 100 GB N/A 3592 Cleaning Cartridge (CLNnnnJA. 2. which allows homogeneous or heterogeneous open systems applications to share the library’s robotics without middleware or a dedicated server (host) acting as a library manager. The Multi-Path Architecture also lets you configure additional control paths for any one logical library. N = not applicable. “3592 Bar Code Label” on page 114 This section describes the appearance and specifications of the 3592 bar code label. Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 Tape Drives (continued) Type of Media and Two-Character Designator Specifications of the 3592 E05 Tape Specifications of the 3592 J1A Tape Drive Drive Format Supported R/W for Model J1A WORM format R/W for Model E05 WORM format Supported Native Capacity Format Supported R/W for Model J1A WORM format N/A Native Capacity 60 GB 60 GB 3592 Economy WORM Cartridge (short WORM) . where nnn is individual cleaning cartridge number) Note: N/A Supported N/A 1.

Depending on the capabilities of the server and application.library. Use of the control path failover feature further reduces that possibility. Some applications (and some servers) do not allow for sharing a library between systems. there are several ways to set up this type of configuration. Your library configuration is not limited to the examples shown in Figure 10 on page 30. Three typical ways include: – Configuring one server (mainframe host) to communicate with the library through a single control path. – Configuring a single logical library to communicate with multiple servers through multiple control paths. you can perform the following actions: v Configure the library so that is partitioned into separate logical libraries that independently communicate with separate applications through separate control paths. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 29 . From the library’s web interface or operator panel. the same application run by several pSeries servers). This configuration is used by Tivoli(R) Storage Manager (TSM). – Configuring all of the servers to communicate with the library through a single. you can create configurations that enable the library to process commands from multiple heterogeneous applications (such as an IBM pSeries(TM) application and a Windows application) and multiple homogeneous applications (for example. With the 3584 Tape Library. Often. however. This configuration (see example 4 in Figure 10 on page 30) requires that you add control paths. all other servers send requests to that server through a network (see example 2 in Figure 10 on page 30). Chapter 1. Many configurations are possible. Library Sharing This section describes ways that you can configure the 3584 Tape Library into one or more logical libraries that can be shared by multiple applications. Additional control paths reduce the possibility that failure in one control path will cause the entire library to be unavailable. This configuration (see example 1 in Figure 10 on page 30) requires no special capabilities from the server or application. v Configure any single logical library (including the entire physical library) so that it is shared by two or more servers that are running the same application. Related concepts “Using Multiple Control Paths for Control Path Failover” on page 33 “Library Sharing” This section describes ways that you can configure the 3584 Tape Library into one or more logical libraries that can be shared by multiple applications. common control path (see example 3 in Figure 10 on page 30). however. it is advantageous to be able to share a single library between heterogeneous (dissimilar) or homogeneous (similar) applications. Multi-initiator configurations are only supported by certain adapters and ISVs. This configuration is used in high-availability environments such as High Availability Clustered Microprocessing (HACMP) from IBM and Systems Management Server (SMS) and Clustered Server Environments from Microsoft(TM). Check with your ISV. It is used by Backup Recovery and Media Services (BRMS). The default configuration for the 3584 Tape Library allows a single application to operate the library through a single control path. and you can design them according to your business needs.

3 Library Controller All hosts are running the same application. The additional control paths reduce the possibility that a single point of failure will affect the whole library. One host communicates with the library via a single control path.1 Library Controller 2 Library Controller Host Network Logical Library 1 Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Application 1 Drive 1 iSeries Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5 Drive 6 Host 1 Host 2 Application 2 Logical Library 2 Host 3 Host 4 Host 5 Windows Logical Library 1 Logical Library 3 Drive 5 Drive 6 Application 3 pSeries Host 6 The library is partitioned into separate logical libraries that independently communicate with separate applications via separate control paths. common control path. Examples of configurations for sharing a IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. Related concepts “Using Multiple Control Paths for Control Path Failover” on page 33 30 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0016 All hosts are running the same application and communicate with the library via a single. Other hosts send requests to that host via the network. . 4 Library Controller Host Network Host Network Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5 Drive 6 Host 1 Host 2 Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5 Drive 6 Host 1 Host 2 Host 3 Host 4 Host 5 Logical Library 1 Logical Library 1 Host 6 Figure 10. Each host communicates with the same logical library via multiple control paths. Lines from one or more drives to the library controller represent control paths. All hosts are running the same application.

Each logical library consists of: v Tape drives v Storage slots v Input/output (I/O) slots v Cartridge accessor Each logical library has its own control path (a logical path into the library through which a server sends standard SCSI Medium Changer commands to control the logical library). v Identifying the quantity of elements that you want to include in each logical library. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 31 . and grippers) into separate logical libraries. v Equipping the library with ALMS. A logical unit number is a number used by a server to identify a drive. This method makes it unnecessary for you to manually label the elements. see the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. it does share the I/O slots and the cartridge accessor on a first-come. Using Multiple Logical Libraries To maximize your investment. A frame that uses Ultrium Tape Drives can be partitioned into up to twelve logical libraries. each logical library control path is available to servers through logical unit number 1 (LUN 1) of the first drive that is defined within that logical library. A logical library cannot share another logical library’s tape drives and storage slots unless the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) is enabled. Chapter 1. a logical library cannot include both LTO and 3592 elements. but you cannot view your partition whenever you open the front doors. then using the Tape Library Specialist configuration wizard or the operator panel menus to create the logical libraries (see the section about configuring the library by using menus in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). first-served basis. In addition. you must configure LTO and 3592 elements (drives. This method enables you to view your partition at a glance whenever you open the front doors. For both Ultrium and 3592 frames. When automatic cleaning is enabled. However. I/O slots. you can use multiple logical libraries to share the physical 3584 Tape Library between applications or to support mixed drive types for any application. even if the cartridge resides in a different logical library. To create or change the configurations for your 3584 Tape Library. You can create multiple logical libraries by partitioning the physical library’s storage slots and tape drives into two or more logical libraries.“Multi-Path Architecture” on page 28 This section discusses Multi-Path Architecture. The sections that follow give guidelines for both processes. You can partition multiple logical libraries by using one of three methods: v Opening the door of the library and manually labeling the elements (storage slot columns and drives) that you want to include in each logical library (see the section about configuring the library by using labels in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). That is. a feature of the 3584 Tape Library that allows open systems applications to share the library’s robotics. a frame that uses 3592 Tape Drives can also be partitioned into up to twelve logical libraries. storage slots. any appropriate cleaning cartridge may be used to clean a drive in any configured logical library.

Different scenarios exist: 32 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Access to the logical library is on a first-come. you can partition the library so that it processes commands from Application 1 (about Department A) in Logical Library 1. Commands issued by the applications travel to the library through three unique control paths. and commands from Application 3 (about Department C) in Logical Library 3. the storage slots and drives in each logical library are dedicated to that library and are not shared among other libraries. the 3584 Tape Library can use partitioning and multiple logical libraries to keep them separate. When you configure additional control paths. IBM recommends that you disable RSM to use this feature. Note: Microsoft Windows 2000 Removable Storage Manager (RSM) does not support multiple control paths within a logical library. processing for Department B is confined to the storage slots and drives in Logical Library 2. In general. To add or remove additional control paths. Thus. you can also configure any logical library to have more than one control path. In this configuration. commands from Application 2 (about Department B) in Logical Library 2. in addition to creating multiple logical libraries. Related concepts “Advanced Library Management System” on page 33 This section gives an overview of the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). first-served basis and each control path for a logical library can accept commands while the library is in use by another control path. and Ultrium 1 Tape Drives and their media into multiple and separate logical libraries. Using Multiple Control Paths for iSeries and AS/400 Attachment The use of control paths for the iSeries and AS/400 servers is unique. Ultrium 2. The sections that follow describe two potential uses for multiple control paths. the data processing for Department A is confined to the storage slots and drives in Logical Library 1. and so forth. For example. Logical libraries can then consist of unique drives and ranges of volume serial numbers instead of fixed locations. “Drive Cleaning” on page 45 This section describes the methods of cleaning that the 3584 Tape Library uses for its drives. Using Multiple Logical Libraries for Mixed Drive Types For applications that do not support mixed drive types and media in the same logical library.The following sections describe two uses for multiple logical libraries. Using Multiple Logical Libraries for Library Sharing Multiple logical libraries are an effective way for the 3584 Tape Library to simultaneously back up and restore data from heterogeneous applications. Using Multiple Control Paths With the 3584 Tape Library. additional library sharing configurations and availability options are made possible. which virtualizes the locations of cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. For example. you can partition Ultrium 3. every iSeries adapter must “see” the control path that is associated with the drives to which it is connected. see the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.

you can assign tape drives to any logical library by using the Tape Library Specialist web interface. and Load Balancing” on page 38 This section discusses measures that the 3584 Tape Library uses to control library and data path failure. add or remove logical libraries. deleted. v For an OS/400 V5R2 Fibre Channel connection. ALMS also reduces downtime when you add expansion frames. With ALMS. Logical libraries can then consist of unique drives and ranges of volume serial numbers instead of fixed locations. ALMS offers dynamic management of cartridges. and logical libraries. and 3592 Tape Drives). Ultrium 2. Ultrium 3. Advanced Library Management System This section gives an overview of the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). cartridge storage slots. The capabilities of ALMS include: v Dynamic partitioning (storage slot pooling and flexible drive assignment) v The transparent ability to add or remove storage capacity to any host application Chapter 1. Using Multiple Control Paths for Control Path Failover The 3584 Tape Library offers an optional control path failover feature that enables the host device driver to resend the command to an alternate control path for the same logical library. the adapter supports multiple drives per adapter. An optional feature. OS/400® V5R1 supports only one drive per adapter and every drive requires a control path. the 3584 Tape Library is the industry’s first standards-based tape library to virtualize the locations of cartridges (called SCSI element addresses) while maintaining native SAN attachment for the tape drives. Data Path Failover. It enables the 3584 Tape Library to achieve unprecedented levels of integration for functionality through dynamic partitioning. Logical libraries can also be added. ALMS enables logical libraries to consist of unique drives and ranges of volume serial (VOLSER) numbers. add or remove tape drives. and flexible drive assignment. Related concepts “Control Path Failover. When you enable ALMS with its license key. so that only one control path for the group of drives is required. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 33 . v For the Fibre-Channel-attached drives (Ultrium 1. IBM supports single drive configurations so that every HVD Ultrium 1 Tape Drive must have a control path when connected to the iSeries server. or easily changed without disruption. or change logical drive allocation. Storage capacity can be changed without impact to host applications. which virtualizes the locations of cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. tape drives. storage slot pooling. v For HVD and Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI Ultrium 2 Tape Drives. the iSeries server supports multiple drives that are connected per adapter. or change logical library storage allocation. and one of the drives must have a control path. ALMS eliminates downtime when you add Capacity On Demand (COD) storage. ALMS is an extension of IBM’s patented Multi-Path Architecture. instead of fixed locations. and to balance workload.v For a High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI Ultrium 1 Tape Drive.

They are a shared resource such that changes to the capacity allocation for each logical library can occur without downtime or administrator involvement. Related concepts “Multi-Path Architecture” on page 28 This section discusses Multi-Path Architecture. the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. Drives can be placed in the file folder by using the Drive Assignment screen of the Tape Library Specialist web interface. a drive used for a 34 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . You can assign a drive to be shared by multiple logical libraries (for example. All storage slots are pooled (available on a first-come. Cartridges can also be placed in the file folder. Flexible Drive Assignment After you enable the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) in the 3584 Tape Library. an option that enables the 3584 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for any new media which does not have a logical library assignment. The minimum logical library simply has a name and can be thought of as a file folder that has no contents. a feature of the 3584 Tape Library that allows open systems applications to share the library’s robotics. the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) allows logical libraries to be added or deleted without disrupting operation. or L52 storage capacity without taking the library offline v Virtual I/O slots to automatically manage the movement of cartridges between I/O slots and storage slots The sections that follow describe the capabilities of ALMS. first-served basis) to each logical library based on cartridge insert operations.v The ability to configure drives or to configure Model L22. L32. based on their volume serial (VOLSER) numbers and by using one of the following methods (in priority order): v Migration of static partitioning (web enablement of ALMS) v Cartridge assignment policy (automatic at the time of insertion) v Insert notification function (the operator selects the VOLSER from the operator panel at the time of insertion) v Software application move from the I/O station (based on the source application that issued the command) v Manual assignment by an operator using the Tape Library Specialist web interface The VOLSER assignment and physical location of cartridges are stored in non-volatile RAM (both primary and backup copies). Storage Slot Pooling When enabled in the 3584 Tape Library. you can assign drives to a logical library by using the Drive Assignment screen of the Tape Library Specialist web interface. “Web Interface” on page 42 This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. “Using Multiple Logical Libraries” on page 31 Dynamic Partitioning Dynamic partitioning in the 3584 Tape Library is comprised of storage slot pooling and flexible drive assignment. Related concepts “Insert Notification” on page 37 This section describes the insert notification feature.

once-a-month job or as a temporary replacement for a failed drive). ALMS must be enabled and the I/O station Chapter 1. The Drive Assignment web screen supports the following point-and-click capabilities which are non-disruptive to other logical libraries: v Assign the drive v Remove the drive assignment v Reassign the drive When a cartridge is mounted in a shared drive. The additional storage slots are simply new candidates for cartridges to be moved to upon insertion. Full. you must take each shared drive offline at all but one of the applications that have access to it. each logical library can consist of dedicated drives and shared drives. an application may attempt to use a drive that is in use by another application. Related concepts “Using Multiple Logical Libraries” on page 31 “Web Interface” on page 42 This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. Otherwise. Note: If your library does not have the virtual I/O slot capability and you want to enable it. With the ALMS license key installed. This may cause failed backup jobs. Any de-mount command that is requested by another logical library is rejected. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 35 . most applications will consider the symptoms of a drive already in use to be an error that will be reported as such. you must first install the license key for the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). you have the option to enable ALMS and the virtual I/O slot feature through the Tape Library Specialist web interface. the library only accepts a de-mount command that is requested by the source logical library. Each logical library maps a drive element address to the locations of both dedicated and shared drives. Thus. you can change the total library capacity (quantity of addressable storage slots). Related concepts “Intermediate. Configuration of Storage Capacity without Disruption With the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) enabled. Transparent Addition or Removal of Storage Capacity With the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) enabled in the 3584 Tape Library. the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. After you pre-configure the applications for future drive usage. Also. The change is transparent to each host application because the value in the Maximum Number of Cartridges field in the Tape Library Specialist web interface is not impacted by changes to the quantity of storage slots. no downtime is required when you enable Intermediate Capacity On Demand or Full Capacity On Demand for Models L22 and L52 of the 3584 Tape Library. and Capacity On Demand Features for Models L22 and L52” on page 41 Virtual I/O Slots This section describes the configuration of virtual I/O slots in the 3584 Tape Library so that to the host application it appears that the library has more physical I/O slots than actually exists. This allows multiple applications to be pre-configured to quickly use a shared drive in the future.

36 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . With virtual I/O slots. For more information. the administrator does not have to wait to issue all export commands (up to 255 export commands can be issued at the same time for each logical library) and the operator can remove cartridges from the I/O stations as soon as the accessor automatically moves them from the storage slots. This makes the process of adding and removing cartridges easier and faster. go to the sections about Cartridge Assignment Policy and Insert Notification. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. the operator can continuously insert cartridges into the I/O station and the administrator does not need to issue commands to move each new set of inserted cartridges. In this way. Related concepts “Cartridge Assignment Policy” on page 37 “Insert Notification” on page 37 This section describes the insert notification feature. When you enable virtual I/O slots. Virtual I/O slots increase the quantity of available I/O slots by allowing storage slots to appear to the host as I/O slots. This determination is designed to optimize the mount throughput for the logical library to which the inserted cartridge is assigned. the system administrator may need to export a large number of cartridges from the library. If the library is enabled with virtual I/O slots. These storage slots are called virtual import/export elements (VIEEs). the library automatically moves the cartridges and places them into virtual I/O slots until they are ready to be processed later as one composite set of inserted cartridges. Instead. an option that enables the 3584 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for any new media which does not have a logical library assignment. the library automatically moves cartridges from the I/O stations to the VIEEs. v In a typical export scenario without virtual I/O slots. The 3584 Tape Library has input/output (I/O) stations and I/O slots that allow you to import and export up to 32 cartridges at any given time.must be empty before you can enable or disable virtual I/O slots. a system administrator is needed to cause the applications to send commands for moving cartridges out of the I/O station and into library storage slots. If the library is enabled with virtual I/O slots. after the I/O station is filled. This operation can be inconvenient. he must wait for the I/O station to be cleared before he is able to insert additional cartridges. you can enable virtual I/O slots in the 3584 Tape Library so that the library automatically queues all cartridge moves between the I/O station and the storage slots. he must wait for the operator to physically remove cartridges from the entire I/O station before he can issue another export command. However. the library enhances its import and export capabilities. When the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) is enabled. The I/O slots are also known as import/export elements (IEEs). which means he is waiting on the system administrator to clear the I/O station of each set of inserted cartridges. The goal of virtual I/O slots is to reduce the dependencies between the system administrator and library operator so that each performs their import and export tasks without needing the other to perform any actions: v In a typical import scenario without virtual I/O slots. For information about enabling or disabling ALMS. After the operator fills the I/O station with cartridges. the library can use the Cartridge Assignment Policy and Insert Notification features to determine the best storage slot location for each inserted cartridge. a library operator is needed to stand at the physical library and fill the I/O station with cartridges.

For information about the Insert Notification option. assigning cartridges manually. the library automatically performs an inventory and. it assigns the cartridge to the logical library of the VOLSER range that was previously selected by the operator. or assigning cartridges to a logical library. for example. the assignment is automatically on a first-come. you can assign those cartridges by doing one of the following: v If the unassigned cartridge is in the I/O station and Insert Notification is disabled. v Use the TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface to assign the cartridges manually. it is based on the six most significant characters of the cartridge label and the ranges of VOLSERs do not include the media-type indicator (L2. v Create a new VOLSER range. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 37 . the library reads its VOLSER label and automatically assigns it to the logical library that is specified in the range of VOLSERs which was previously selected by the operator. Similarly. As such. When an unassigned cartridge is present in the I/O station. L3. go to the section about Insert Notification. performing a manual inventory. if it detects a newly inserted. Insert Notification This section describes the insert notification feature. This means that two identical labels (except for the media-type indicator) could be assigned to two different logical libraries. Related concepts “Insert Notification” This section describes the insert notification feature.Cartridge Assignment Policy As a means of identifying cartridges that are assigned to logical libraries. The policy is based on the volume serial (VOLSER) label that is affixed to a cartridge which may or may not have been previously assigned by an operator to a logical library. first-served basis. unassigned cartridge. then perform a manual inventory to assign those cartridges through the cartridge assignment policy. JA. Chapter 1. libraries that contain Ultrium or 3592 Tape Drives. see the appropriate sections in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. the 3584 Tape Library supports a cartridge assignment policy. The cartridge assignment policy is media-type specific. you can assign the cartridge to a logical library by using the Insert Notification process on the library’s operator panel or you can keep the cartridge as unassigned and assign it later by using the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface. v If the unassigned cartridge is in the I/O station and Insert Notification is enabled. an option that enables the 3584 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for any new media which does not have a logical library assignment. For unassigned cartridges that do not fall within a cartridge assignment policy. and so forth). an option that enables the 3584 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for any new media which does not have a logical library assignment. For information about creating a new VOLSER range. if you open and close the library’s front door.

respectively). where there is redundancy in the path from the application to the intended target (the library accessor or the drive mechanism. Storage Area Network (SAN). A dual ac power feature. Any unassigned cartridges in the I/O station will be assigned to the logical library that you select (and all other logical libraries will not be able to access the cartridges). If you enable Insert Notification. and Load Balancing This section discusses measures that the 3584 Tape Library uses to control library and data path failure. Ultrium 2. and 3592 Tape Drives offer path failover and load balancing capabilities that enable the IBM device driver to resend a command to an alternate path. The device driver initiates error recovery and continues the operation on the alternate path without interrupting the application. The library includes an option to defer any assignment and there is a time-out period when the deferral will automatically take effect. which supports 110 V ac or 220 V ac. Dual ac power supports 110 V ac or 220 V ac. When an application opens a 38 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Path failover means the same thing in both: that is. is available for the 3584 Tape Library. Dual ac power enhances library availability by having an alternative power source in case of planned or unplanned power grid outages. Control refers to the command set that controls the library (the SCSI Medium Changer command set on LUN 1 of the tape drives). The dynamic load balancing support optimizes resources for devices that have physical connections to multiple HBAs in the same machine. but CPF includes target-side failover through the control paths that are enabled on more than one tape drive. Control Path Failover. DPF includes target-side failover for 3592 Tape Drives only by using the dual-ported interface of the drive. libraries that are equipped with Fibre Channel Ultrium 3. Command failures and time-outs are costly. Path failover and load balancing are built-in features that are enabled by using a purchased license key. Dual ac Power This section describes the dual ac power feature of the 3584 Tape Library. or library control path drive. The switch monitors the ac line voltage from the feed it is using and automatically switches to the alternate power feed if the incoming voltage is lost. You want your library to run smoothly and efficiently. Data refers to the command set that carries the customer data to and from the tape drives (the SCSI-3 Stream Commands (SSC) device on LUN 0 of the tape drives). DPF includes load balancing of the HBAs because the channel is a data-intensive path (the control path carries very little data. To ensure continued processing. It provides two independent line cords that may be connected to two independent branch power feed. Data Path Failover. so load balancing is not an issue). Both types of failover include host-side failover when configured with multiple HBA ports into a switch. when new media is detected the operator panel displays a message that asks you to select a logical library. and to balance workload. Two types of path failover capabilities exist: control path failover (CPF) and data path failover (DPF). or if you open the I/O station door and move a cartridge from one I/O slot to another. The alternate path can include another host bus adapter (HBA).An insert notification event can be caused if you open the I/O station door and place a cartridge into an empty I/O slot. the device driver transparently fails over to another path in response to a break in the active path.

Dynamic load balancing will use all HBAs whenever possible and balance the load between them to optimize the resources in the machine. SuSE Linux. SSC = SCSI-3 Stream Commands (drive) 3. DPF. Table 7 summarizes the differences between CPF. Chapter 1. Load balancing is not supported on Solaris 7.device that has multiple HBA paths configured. Hat Enterprise Linux. the device driver again determines the path with the lowest HBA usage and assigns that path to the second application. SMC = SCSI-3 Medium Changer Specification (library) 2. Solaris. The device driver will update the usage on the HBA assigned to the application when the device is closed. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 39 . Note: The control path failover feature is activated by a license key that you enter at the library operator panel. Red AIX. Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Both CPF and DPF require the use of the IBM device driver. Y = Yes 5. SuSE Linux. or you may order them as field upgrades. Solaris6 Solaris6 HP-UX Y Y Y Y7 N Y N N Y Order feature to obtain license key SCSI attachment supported Fibre Channel attachment supported Note: 1. Differences between DPF and CPF DPF and Load Balancing for Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drive SSC2 LUN 0 Y N 5 | | Characteristic Device type LUN 3 CPF SMC1 LUN 1 Y 4 DPF and Load Balancing for 3592 Tape Drive SSC LUN 0 Y Y Y Host-side failover Target-side failover IBM device driver required Operating systems supported Y Y Y AIX. When another application opens a different device with multiple HBA paths. The data path failover feature is activated by a license key that you enter at the host. and load balancing. and are supported exclusively with products that bear the IBM logo on the operating systems indicated in Table 7. For more information about using these features. Table 7. Windows. the device driver determines which path has the HBA with the lowest usage and assigns that path to the application. Red AIX. SuSE Linux. N = No 6. For Ultrium 2 Tape Drives. contact your IBM Sales Representative. see the IBM Ultrium Device Drivers Installation and User’s Guide. To order features. DPF and load balancing do not require a license key on AIX. Hat Enterprise Linux. LUN = logical unit number 4. The path failover features can be ordered from the factory.

The Capacity Expansion Feature is required when you add one or more expansion frames to the base frame. Depending on whether you have the Capacity Expansion feature or the Capacity On Demand feature installed in your library. You can also order an additional I/O station to be installed on the door. A frame cannot combine both the 3592 Tape Drive and Ultrium Tape Drives. With the Capacity Expansion Feature installed. To order the Capacity Expansion Feature. Capacity Expansion Feature for Model L32 The Capacity Expansion Feature is a license key that lets you enable the storage slots inside the front door of Model L32 of the 3584 Tape Library. Table 8. The sections that follow describe each feature. you may insert LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L22 frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D52 or D32 frame (again. or you may order the feature later and have your IBM Service Representative install it.Expanded I/O Capacity This section describes the extra input/output (I/O) station that you can order for a base frame of the 3584 Tape Library. the library offers an input/output (I/O) station located on the front door of the base frame (Model L22. or L32). contact your IBM Sales Representative. your library must contain an I/O station that will accept Ultrium Tape Cartridges). in a library that mixes frame types. 40 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Capacity Configurations This section gives information about capacity configurations for frames of the 3584 Tape Library. Table 8 shows how I/O stations can be mixed among frames. Mixing I/O stations among frames of the 3584 Tape Library Type of Frame L22 L32 L52 Number of Slots in Upper I/O Station 16 (3592) 10 (Ultrium) 16 (Ultrium) Number of Slots in Lower I/O Station 16 (Ultrium or 3592) 20 (Ultrium) or 16 (3592) (see Note) 16 (Ultrium or 3592) Note: The 3592 I/O station for Model L32 is included with feature code 1608. However. you may insert IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L52 or L32 frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D22 frame (your library must contain an I/O station that will accept 3592 Tape Cartridges). the library offers 140 additional slots for Ultrium Tape Cartridges in the Model L32 if the second I/O station is not present and 88 additional slots if the second I/O station is present. Similarly. different capacity configurations exist for the frames. L52. When you purchase your library. To insert cartridges into and remove them from the 3584 Tape Library (without requiring a reinventory). you may specify that the Capacity Expansion Feature be installed at the factory.

go to the sections about the capacity of Models L22 and D22. The Full Capacity feature is available through an IBM plant site as feature code 1642 and through the field as feature code 1644. “Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. The initial capacity of a Model L52 frame is enabled to use 64 cartridge slots for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. Models L32 and D32.To determine the quantity of LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges and 3592 Tape Cartridges that the library supports. I/O slots. you can enable additional storage elements in the Model L22 to increase the available capacity to 117 cartridge slots. This feature is required to add a 16-slot I/O station. I/O slots. Related reference “Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. The Intermediate capacity feature is a prerequisite to the Full Capacity feature. and storage slots for L22 and D22 frames. Related reference “Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 41 . the initial (entry) capacity of a Model L22 frame is enabled to use 58 cartridge slots for 3592 Tape Cartridges. It also gives the quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots. If you add the Intermediate Capacity or Full Capacity features. I/O slots. “Capacity of Model L52 and D52 Frames” on page 138 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. and Capacity On Demand Features for Models L22 and L52 In the 3584 Tape Library. you can enable additional storage elements in the Model L52 to increase the available capacity to 129 cartridge slots. or Models L52 and D52. Models L32 and D32. “Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. The Intermediate Capacity feature is available through an IBM plant site as feature code 1641 and through the field as feature code 1643. Intermediate. or to 219 to 287 cartridge slots (depending on the features that you order). If you add the Intermediate Capacity or Full Capacity features. The Full Capacity feature is required when you add one or more expansion frames to a base frame. or to 199 to 260 cartridge slots (depending on the features that you order). It also gives Chapter 1. go to the sections about the capacity of Models L22 and D22. To determine the quantity of LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges and 3592 Tape Cartridges that the library supports. Full. and storage slots for L52 and D52 frames. or Models L52 and D52. Capacity features that are available through the field are known as Capacity On Demand. and storage slots for L22 and D22 frames.

operator. which contain information for analyzing the health of drives. v Drive Statistics. only installed drives are shown in drive statistics log. | | | | | | | | | | | | | You can use the Tape Library Specialist web interface to download the following flat files. known as the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. and administrator tasks without being at the operator panel. v Mount history. The 3584 Tape Library downloads the files in comma-separated value (CSV) format.includes health statistics about the last 100 cartridges that were demounted in the library. The CSV file format can easily be imported into most spreadsheet and database programs.csv . The Tape Library Specialist allows you to communicate directly with your library and perform a full range of end user. The Call Home feature uses a modem connection or a master console to report failures that are detected by the library or a tape drive. Whenever a failure is detected.contains information about each drive’s last mount. Call Home sends detailed error information to IBM (home). The IBM Service Representative can then prepare an action plan to handle the 42 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . or media performance trends. and storage slots for L52 and D52 frames. “Capacity of Model L52 and D52 Frames” on page 138 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. | | | Remote Support This section describes the types of remote support that the 3584 Tape Library and its drives use to detect and solve problems. For more information about using the Tape Library Specialist web interface. You can use the data to identify storage area network (SAN). and is available as feature code 1662 for Model L32. you can also refer to the section about accessing logs for the library for instructions about downloading informational files in . v Port Statistics. Web Interface This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist.contains Fibre Channel port information about the last mount. and Fibre Channel ports. The web interface is included with Models L22 and L52. Optional remote support is available for the 3584 Tape Library through its Call Home capability. see the section about operating the library from the web in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.csv format. The web interface of the 3584 Tape Library. cartridges.the quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots.csv . The Tape Library Specialist requires a Category 5 Ethernet cable (not supplied with the tape library). the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. It may be installed by you or your IBM Service Representative. In this same guide.csv . I/O slots. only installed drives with Fibre Channel ports are shown in the port statistics log. enables operators and administrators to manage storage devices from any location in an enterprise. drive.

Heartbeat Call Home On a scheduled basis (once a week or one hour after a code update has been completed). Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 43 . the code version of the library and each drive. depending on whether you Chapter 1. capacity expansion. In this way. rather than collect dumps by using CETool and transmitting them through an IBM messaging system. Optional remote support is available for the 3584 Tape Library through its Call Home capability. When servicing the library. and a drive error log file. The Call Home feature of the 3584 Tape Library has three different. library and drive code versions. the library sends any trace files that might be related to the problem. capabilities: Problem Call Home The 3584 Tape Library or one of its drives detects a problem and the library performs a Call Home operation to create a Problem Management Record (PMR) in the IBM Remote Technical Assistance Information Network (RETAIN(R)). a library error log file. the 3584 Tape Library also sends data files that may be helpful to Support Center personnel. the type and serial number of each drive. This is a single page of text data that enables the Support Center or the Service Representative to access an action plan and a list of parts (called field replaceable units or FRUs). the 3584 Tape Library sends home (to IBM) the following files: a Machine Reported Product Data (MRPD) file. the Service Representative can issue a test Call Home operation to RETAIN from the library’s operator panel. the library also sends the library error log and drive error log.problem before traveling to the library. “Remote Support Through a Master Console” on page 44 This section describes remote support to the 3584 Tape Library through a master console. For more information. and any machine-detectable features such as additional I/O stations. A new enhancement to the library allows the Service Representative to include drive dumps in the test Call Home for analysis. The Call Home feature uses a modem connection or a master console to report failures that are detected by the drive or the library. The MRPD file contains information about the machine (library). including the number of frames and drives. a dump can be accessed by Support Center personnel through the Call Home database. Data Call Home When a Problem Call Home or a Heartbeat Call Home is initiated. and error logs) to IBM. and so forth. The library may also periodically send support information (such as configuration. In the case of a Problem Call Home. but related. | | | | | | | Remote Support Through a Modem This section describes remote support to the 3584 Tape Library (or its drives) through a modem. the model and serial number of each frame. Related concepts “Remote Support Through a Modem” This section describes remote support to the 3584 Tape Library (or its drives) through a modem. Hardware requirements for remote support by modem vary. go to the sections about remote support through a modem or remote support through a master console. In the case of a Heartbeat Call Home.

at least one 3584 Tape Library Model D22. 44 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . D32. or D52 frame must have a frame control assembly (feature code 1452 or 1453) that contains a medium changer card pack (MCP) with Ethernet (feature code 1660). the 3584 Tape Library needs a minimum of two Ethernet ports: one attached to your network for use by your administrator and one attached to the private master console network for remote support. the 3584 Tape Library sends Call Home information across a private Ethernet connection to the master console. Figure 11 on page 45 shows the attachment of the master console to the 3584 Tape Library and the 3953 Tape System for remote support. The master console then performs the Call Home operation and sends the information to the IBM Remote Technical Assistance Information Network (RETAIN) through the master console’s modem connection. So that there is a separate Ethernet connection from the library to the master console. feature code #2710) Remote Support Switch (feature code #2711). Requirements for remote support (the Call Home feature) Quantity of IBM Tape Products with Remote Support Capability 1 Requirement Remote Support Facility (modem and cable. For remote support through the master console. Table 9. This avoids the need for a dedicated analog phone line for the library’s Call Home modem. feature code #2712) 2 3 or more Remote Support Through a Master Console This section describes remote support to the 3584 Tape Library through a master console. IBM recommends that the library perform the Call Home function through the master console instead of through a direct modem connection. A master console is a service tool that is present in most environments where one or more IBM tape storage devices are connected to a zSeries server (mainframe host). Because a typical 3584 Tape Library only has a single Ethernet port. additional features are needed. This feature applies only if you are attaching multiple libraries to one modem. including the IBM 3953 Tape System (3953 F05 Tape Frame and 3953 L05 Library Manager). Table 9 indicates the requirements. When the 3584 Tape Library is in an environment that includes a master console. The library feature code 9217 provides an Ethernet cable for the remote support connection from the 3584 Tape Library to a master console. To perform a Call Home operation through the master console. Remote Support Attachment (cable.already have one or more IBM tape products that have the remote support capability.

Attachment of the master console to the 3584 Tape Library and the 3953 Tape System for remote support Drive Cleaning This section describes the methods of cleaning that the 3584 Tape Library uses for its drives. ATL. Three methods of cleaning are available: Automatic cleaning (preferred) Automatic cleaning enables the library to automatically respond to any tape Chapter 1.Flow of Data in a Configuration of Master Console Attached to the 3584 Tape Library and 3953 Tape System Customer Site 3584 Tape Library Ethernet IBM Support Representatives IBM Service Representative IBM Support Center Modem 3494 Tape Library VTS Call Home Events Error Initiated Heartbeat (Regular interval) Master Console Support Capability Error-initiated problem reporting Master Console for up to 43 tape subsystems (3494 VTS. To help you keep the drives clean. it alerts you with a message on the library’s display or host console. 3590 A60. error-specific data gathering Tape System and Master Console Heartbeat reporting Wellness checking Log file storage (daily) Code image and documentation repository (from media and RETAIN Fix Distribution Library) Master Console Remote Access Authenticated. The head of every tape drive in the 3584 Tape Library must be kept clean to prevent errors caused by contamination. In all methods. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library a69i0328 45 . secure remote access Simulaneous call in and call home with dual modems Data transmission (TCP/IP) supported Heartbeat and Error Data IBM RETAIN IBM Call Home Database 24/7 access by IBM Support Staff Error analysis and search capability Master Console and Remote Service Tools Code image broadcast Call Home event log review End-of-call completion report Figure 11. cleaning is performed after the data cartridge has been unloaded from the drive and before the next load. The library uses the cleaning cartridge to clean the drive with whatever cleaning method that you choose. Whenever a drive determines that it needs to be cleaned. VTC. IBM provides a cleaning cartridge with the library. 3592 J70) Staged.

see the section about enabling or disabling automatic cleaning in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. 46 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Manual cleaning is always supported. or when the cleaning cartridge is stored in a different logical library. the host application does not have access to the cleaning cartridge. Manual cleaning Manual cleaning requires that you select a menu option from the library’s operator panel or Tape Library Specialist web interface to perform cleaning on one or more of the tape drives. and to control the cleaning process. which provides error and diagnostic information about the drives and the library to the host application. For more information. It applies to all logical libraries that are configured for the 3584 Tape Library. “3592 Cleaning Cartridge” on page 111 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge. For more information. the web interface for the 3584 Tape Library. The 3584 Tape Library is compatible with TapeAlert technology. The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and becomes the default during subsequent power-on cycles. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. Host cleaning with a cleaning cartridge is only supported when you disable automatic cleaning and only for the logical library in which each cleaning cartridge is stored.drive’s request for cleaning and to begin the cleaning process. Host cleaning Host cleaning enables the server (mainframe host) to detect the need to clean an Ultrium Tape Drive or 3592 Tape Drive. IBM recommends that you make sure that the automatic cleaning method is always enabled. see the section about cleaning in your application software’s documentation. For a list of the TapeAlert flags for the drives and the library. For more information. TapeAlert Support This section gives an overview of TapeAlert technology. which provides error and diagnostic information about the 3584 Tape Library and its drives to the host application. “Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge” on page 85 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge. You can enable or disable automatic cleaning by using the library’s operator panel or by using the Tape Library Specialist web interface. The library provides this information as TapeAlert flags that are reported to the application by the SCSI LOG SENSE command. When you enable automatic cleaning. Related concepts “Web Interface” on page 42 This section gives basic information about the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist. The cleaning process is transparent to any host application that uses the library. see the section about performing a manual cleaning operation in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. regardless of whether automatic cleaning is enabled or disabled.

which allows management software to communicate with the 3584 Tape Library. The SMI-S Agent for Tape communicates by using the Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) protocol.Specification (SMI-S) to communicate in a Storage Area Network (SAN) environment. classify. Performance characteristics of the Ultrium 3. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 47 . and Ultrium 1 Tape Drive Performance Characteristic Sustained data rate (native) 1 Tape Drive Ultrium 3 80 MB/s (with L3 media) 35 MB/s (with L2 media) Ultrium 2 N/A 2 | Ultrium 1 N/A N/A 15 MB/s (with L1 media) 35 MB/s (with L2 media) 20 MB/s (with L1 media) | | 20 MB/s (with L1 media) Chapter 1.Specification. management software uses other software known as the Storage Management Initiative . Drive Performance This section gives performance data for the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drive. Table 12 on page 49 provides additional information for 3592 media. and Ultrium 1 Tape Drives with different media.SMI-S Support This section describes how the 3584 Tape Library uses the Storage Management Initiative . The SMI-S specifies a secure and reliable interface that allows storage management systems to identify. Ultrium 2. By enabling the integration of diverse multi-vendor storage networks. You must install the SMI-S Agent for Tape on an Intel(R) machine that runs the SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 operating system. The interface is intended as a solution that integrates the various devices to be managed in a SAN and the tools used to manage them. | | | | Table 10 provides drive performance of the Ultrium 3. see the IBM TotalStorage SMI-S Agent for Tape Installation Guide. To communicate with storage devices in a SAN environment. It creates a management interface protocol for multi-vendor storage networking products. Table 10. Table 11 on page 48 provides drive performance of the 3592 E05 and 3592 J1A Tape Drives.Specification (SMI-S) Agent for Tape. the initiative is able to expand the overall market for storage networking technology. The SMI-S was developed to address the problems that many vendors face in managing heterogeneous storage environments. The SMI-S Agent for Tape is designed to be compliant with the Storage Management Initiative . and control physical and logical resources in a Storage Area Network (SAN). The SMI-S is a design specification of the Storage Management Initiative (SMI) that was launched by the Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA). For detailed information about SMI-S. monitor. Ultrium 2.

Performance characteristics of the 3592 E05 Tape Drive and the 3592 J1A Tape Drive Performance Characteristic Sustained data rate (native) 1 Tape Drive 3592 E05 Tape Drive 100 MB/s (in E05 format) 50 MB/s (in J1A format) 3592 J1A Tape Drive N/A2 40 MB/s N/A 80 MB/s 110 MB/s 200 MB/s 19 seconds 21 seconds See Table 12 on page 49 | | | Sustained data rate (compressed at 2:1 compression) 200 MB/s (in E05 format) 100 MB/s (in J1A format) | | | | | Maximum sustained data rate (at maximum compression) Burst data rate for Fibre Channel drives Nominal load-to-ready time Nominal unload time Average search time to first byte of data (load time) Note: 260 MB/s 400 MB/s 16 seconds 21 seconds 1.Table 10. an Ultra SCSI bus is limited to less than 40 MB/s). 2. N/A = not applicable. an Ultra SCSI bus is limited to less than 40 MB/s). 2. All sustained data rates are dependent on the capabilities of the interconnect (for example. thread. 48 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Ultrium 2. and Ultrium 1 Tape Drive (continued) Performance Characteristic Sustained data rate (compressed at 2:1 compression) Tape Drive Ultrium 3 160 MB/s (with L3 media) 70 MB/s (with L2 media) Ultrium 2 N/A 70 MB/s (with L2 media) 40 MB/s (with L1 media) 110 MB/s 200 MB/s 160 MB/s (Ultra160) 40 MB/s (Ultra) 15 seconds 15 seconds 49 seconds Ultrium 1 N/A N/A 30 MB/s (with L1 media) 60 MB/s 100 MB/s 80 MB/s (Ultra2) 40 MB/s (Ultra) 20 seconds 18 seconds 73 seconds | | | | | | | | | | Maximum sustained data rate (at maximum compression) Burst data rate for Fibre Channel drives Burst data rate for Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI drives Burst data rate for High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI drives Time to load. Performance characteristics of the Ultrium 3. and initialize a cartridge Time to unload cartridge from load point Average search time to first byte of data (load time) Note: 40 MB/s (with L1 media) 175 MB/s 200 MB/s N/A N/A 15 seconds 15 seconds 49 seconds 1. All sustained data rates are dependent on the capabilities of the interconnect (for example. N/A = not applicable. Table 11.

Average search time to first byte of data (load time) for 3592 Tape Cartridge in 3592 Tape Drives Type of 3592 Tape Cartridge Data (300 GB) Data (scaled to 260 GB) Average Search Time to First Byte of Data (Load Time) E05 33 seconds 33 seconds for any first byte 11 seconds for first byte in first segment Data (scaled to 60 GB) Economy WORM Economy WORM 11 seconds 11 seconds 33 seconds 11 seconds 40 seconds 40 seconds for any first byte 12 seconds for first byte in first segment 12 seconds 12 seconds 40 seconds 12 seconds J1A JA cartridge type at full (unscaled) capacity JA cartridge type ordered as 260 GB via L&I option. the actual throughput is a function of many components. Performance values for the 3584 Tape Library. Library Performance This section explains how performance values were obtained for the 3584 Tape Library. whether measured on test systems or modeled through simulations. data compression ratio. However. For maximum performance with SCSI drives. the results were not evaluated in all production environments. or scaled with 0xE0 setting Comment JA cartridge type capacity scaled with 0x35 setting JJ cartridge type JW cartridge type JR cartridge type By using the built-in data-compression capability of the tape drives. multiple SCSI buses may be required and the 3584 Tape Library devices must be the only target devices that are active on each SCSI bus. Chapter 1. Accordingly. Actual performance may vary.| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Table 12. however. the performance information for this product does not constitute a performance guarantee or warranty. Verify that the performance of the library is acceptable in your specific environment. SCSI bus capabilities. Some of the specific assumptions may not pertain to a given operating environment. are based on a fixed set of workload assumptions to ensure accurate comparisons. Cartridge Inventory Times The typical time required for the 3584 Tape Library to inventory cartridges is less than 60 seconds per frame. you can achieve greater data rates than the native data transfer rate. and system or application software. For more information. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 49 . see the section about the SCSI interface in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. disk data rate. block size. such as the host system processor. Thus. the performance values show the relative performance of the systems and may not be absolute indicators of performance in your specific environment.

pivot (if required).9 3. Mount performance and move time for drives in a 3584 Tape Library without dual accessors. This information does not apply to libraries that contain dual accessors. A mount. but are consistent with test results.7 4. 50 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .8 4.7 Specifications were produced from models. collecting another cartridge from a random storage slot. involves removing the cartridge from a drive.4 5. and a scan of the bar code labels.3 3.3 3. The table does not apply to libraries that contain dual accessors.A cartridge inventory operation includes a check to determine whether each cartridge storage slot in the library is empty or full.7 2. move the cartridge to a drive. returning it to its storage slot. Table 13 shows the mount performance and average move time for the 3584 Tape Library.6 3. An inventory occurs whenever you: v Power-on the 3584 Tape Library v Issue the SCSI Initialize Element Status with Range command v Select the appropriate menus from the Tape Library Specialist web interface (see the section about performing an inventory of the library in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide) v Go to the library’s operator panel and select Inventory from the Manual Operations menu v Close the front door after manually accessing the inventory Note: The 3584 Tape Library tracks the logical location of all of its elements by performing an automatic inventory as required (if you issue the SCSI Initialize Element Status command. often called the mount/demount cycle. The automatic inventory improves application audit performance. When the library performs an automatic inventory because the front door was closed. moving it to the drive. It is defined as the number of cartridges that the 3584 Tape Library can mount in one hour. and loading the cartridge into the drive. the inventory occurs only for those frames whose doors have been opened. Move time is the time required for the cartridge accessor to pick a cartridge from a random slot. Library Configuration 1 frame 2 frames 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 12 frames 16 frames Drives in Frame 1 Mounts Per Hour 550 520 410 350 310 255 215 Average Move Time in Seconds 2. and insert the cartridge into the drive. Mount Performance and Cartridge Move Time Mount per hour is a measure of the overall capability of the cartridge accessor and tape drives.3 4.3 6. it is allowed but ignored).2 Drives in Center Frame Mounts Per Hour N/A N/A 430 380 350 300 260 Average Move Time in Seconds N/A N/A 2. Table 13.

Mount performance for drives in a 3584 Tape Library with dual accessors. Mounts Per Hour Library Configuration (see Note) 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 12 frames 16 frames 1000 900 800 700 600 Note: Specifications were produced from models. Introduction to 3584 Tape Library 51 . The table applies to libraries that contain dual accessors. but are consistent with test results. contact your IBM Representative. Table 14.Table 14 shows the mount performance for the 3584 Tape Library. Chapter 1. Detailed performance data and tips about maximizing the performance of a 3584 Tape Library are available in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Performance white paper. This data assumes that the library is partitioned into at least two logical libraries such that each of the cartridges located in the two zones are mounted in drives within each zone with no accessor path overlap. This information applies to libraries that contain dual accessors. For information about this document.

52 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

2005 53 . Models L22 and D22 Physical Characteristic Height of L22 and D22 frames (on casters) Width of L22 frame with covers Width of L22 or D22 frame without covers 1 Measurement 1800 mm (70. To calculate the length of your fully configured library.1 kg (33. go to the section about clearance specifications for models of the 3584 Tape Library.9 in.534 lb) for a standard 3592 Tape Cartridge.) 15. © Copyright IBM Corp.9 in. The shipping height of the library (on its casters and with jackscrews raised) is 1800 mm (70.72 in. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .). Each frame of the 3584 Tape Library has a set of casters and 4 leveling jackscrews. Frame width only. Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.).2 in.) 1212 mm (47.6 in.242 kg (. depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity. 2004. 2. The nominal height from the bottom of the jackscrews to the top of the frame is 1840 mm (72.5 in.) 725 mm (28.) is required.Chapter 2. Height and Length of the 3584 Tape Library This section gives information about the casters and leveling jackscrews that attach to the 3584 Tape Library and affect its height.4 in. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.) 782 mm (30.) and can be varied by ±40 mm (±1. The 3584 Tape Library is installed by an IBM Service Representative. Physical Specifications for Models L22 and D22 Table 15. make sure that you place it in an environment that meets the requirements described in the following sections.3 lbs) Model L22 Model D22 --270 kg (596 lb) 494 kg (1089 lb) | | Depth of L22 or D22 frame (including front and rear doors) Weight of second accessor Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges2 Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (238 for 3592 Tape Cartridges)2 Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0 cartridges2 Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (360 for 3592 Tape Cartridges)2 Note: 364 kg (802 lb) 534 kg (1178 lb) --- 1.8 in. The actual weight of the library varies. Related reference “Clearance Specifications for Models of the 3584 Tape Library” on page 58 This section helps you to calculate the length of a 3584 Tape Library and the clearances for service. It also introduces how to calculate the length of the library. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library For optimum operation of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.

206 kg (. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of . 2.) 725 mm (28.) is required.Physical Specifications for Models L32 and D32 Table 16. The actual weight of the library varies. 54 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . 2.206 kg (.) 1520 mm (59. Frame width only.2 in. Models L32 and D32 Physical Characteristic Height of L32 and D32 frames (on casters) Width of frame with covers Width of frame without covers 1 Measurement 1800 mm (70.72 in.2 in.) 748 mm (29.8 in. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.) Model L32 Model D32 --355 kg (784 lb) 558 kg (1229 lb) | | Depth of L32 or D32 frame (including front and rear doors) 2 Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges 425 kg (937 lb) 570 kg (1256 lb) --- Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (227 for Ultrium Tape Cartridges)2 Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0 cartridges2 Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (396 Ultrium Tape Cartridges)2 Note: 1.3 lbs) Model L52 Model D52 --274 kg (604 lb) 483 kg (1065 lb) 2 | | Depth of L52 or D52 frame (including front and rear doors) Weight of second accessor Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges 366 kg (806 lb) 526 kg (1160 lb) --- Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (262 for Ultrium Tape Cartridges)2 Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0 cartridges2 Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and maximum cartridges (396 for Ultrium Tape Cartridges)2 Note: 1. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.8 in.9 in. Physical Specifications for Models L52 and D52 Table 17. Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.9 in.) 782 mm (30. Physical characteristics of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.) 1212 mm (47. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge.454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge.4 in. depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.5 in. Frame width only. depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.) 725 mm (28. Models L52 and D52 Physical Characteristic Height of L52 and D52 frames (on casters) Width of L52 frame with covers Width of L52 or D52 frame without covers 1 Measurement 1800 mm (70. The actual weight of the library varies.) is required.5 in.1 kg (33.) 15.

8 kilograms per square centimeter (68.27 in. and elevators. You must remove the library from the pallet and place it at the final location before you call your IBM Service Representative to arrange for the installation. Chapter 2. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 55 . v Maximum out-of-level condition must not exceed 40 mm (1. Table 18. you can raise or lower the leveling jackscrews to the following specifications: v Maximum allowable variance must not exceed 7 mm (.72 in. Check the delivery route that the library must travel from your loading dock to the installation location. Delivery Route for the 3584 Tape Library This section defines the conditions of the route by which the 3584 Tape Library will be delivered. The floor on which the 3584 Tape Library is installed must be able to support: v Up to 4. Install the library on a raised or solid floor. Measurement 1800 mm (70.) 1212 mm (47.4 pounds per square foot) of overall floor loading The number of point loads exerted depends on the number of frames that make up the library.) 725 mm (28. Ensure that the library will fit through all doors.) 261 kg (575 lb) Floor Requirements for the 3584 Tape Library The section specifies the required conditions of a floor on which a 3584 Tape Library is installed. must not have ventilation panels beneath the leveling jackscrews.6 in. The floor must have a smooth surface and. If carpeted.6 lb per square inch) of point loads exerted by the leveling jackscrews v Up to 211 kilograms per square meter (43. hallways.).) over the entire length and width of the library.) is required.Physical Specifications for HA1 Frame If your 3584 Tape Library contains a second accessor. ensure that the carpet is approved for computer-room applications.5 in. To accommodate unevenness in the floor. Physical characteristics of the HA1 frame (service bay A) Physical Characteristic Height of HA1 frames (on casters) Width of HA1 frame without covers (see Note) Depth of HA1 frame Weight of HA1 frame Note: Frame width only. the following are the physical specifications for the HA1 frame (service bay A). if raised.2 in. Refer to the instructions on the shipping carton for correct unpacking procedures.) per 76 mm (3 in.9 in. There are four point loads per frame (located at the corners of each frame). Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.

It also discusses the library’s locking mechanisms. Security for the 3584 Tape Library This section recommends where to locate the 3584 Tape Library to ensure controlled access. The keylock is the same for every front door. for some reason. The IBM-authorized service provider will only perform minimal frame repositioning within the computer room. The I/O stations have locking mechanisms that prevent you from opening an I/O station door when the accessor is manipulating cartridges in a station. this is not possible at the time of delivery. The keylock is the same for every rear door and the keys are shipped with the library. In anticipation of the equipment delivery. to perform required service actions. If. The library’s front door has a keylock. and shelf-resident cartridges. IBM recommends locating the 3584 Tape Library and all shelf-resident cartridges in an area where access is controlled. the cartridges contained within the library. (> 227 kg.) especializado Use Only Professional Movers! | | | | | | | | | | | | | | The customer should prepare his environment to accept the new product based on the installation planning information provided. 56 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0332 . the final installation site should be prepared in advance such that professional movers or riggers can transport the equipment to the final installation site within the computer room. the customer will need to make arrangements to have professional movers or riggers return to finish the transportation at a later date. with assistance from an IBM Installation Planning Representative (IPR) or IBM-authorized service provider. and the keys are shipped with the library. as needed. To prevent unauthorized access to data. The library’s rear door has a different keylock. The customer is also responsible for using professional movers or riggers in the case of equipment relocation or disposal. You are responsible for the physical security of the library.| | | Delivery and Subsequent Transportation of the Equipment Use Only Professional Movers! > 500 lbs. Only professional movers or riggers should transport the equipment.

and appropriate controls in application systems and communication facilities. v At one or both ends of the library. so if you expand the library to three or more frames be sure to leave room on the library’s left end. administrative procedures. – At both ends if the library contains three or more frames. 1 Figure 12. and implementing security features. from earthquake). As you plan clearances. Data security is the responsibility of the application program controlling the library. Libraries with three or more frames also require service clearance on the left end. depending on the following conditions: – At one end if the library contains fewer than three frames.You are also responsible for evaluating. Two restraining points are located on each long side of the library. be sure to leave room on the library’s right end (as you face the front door) for future expansion. this access allows the IBM Service Representative to see the two-character display on the left of the cartridge accessor. Move Restraints for the 3584 Tape Library This section discusses the location of points on the 3584 Tape Library that you can use to restrain the unit from potential movement (such as an earthquake). Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 57 . a69i0137 Chapter 2. Affix restraints to each of the four points (two on each long side) and secure the library as needed. selecting. Plan for appropriate clearances around your 3584 Tape Library to allow you and IBM Service Representatives to use and work on it. Should you want to restrain the 3584 Tape Library from potential movement (for example. Ensure that clearance space does not overlap into walkways and other access areas. service clearance is required as follows: v In front of and behind all frames. restraining points are located at the bottom of the unit (see 1 in Figure 12). Clearance Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library This section discusses the space that is required for you or IBM Service Representatives to use or work on the 3584 Tape Library. Operator clearance is required in front of all frames. Location of restraining points.

87 in. 2.) 8342 mm (328.) 8342 mm (328. In Figure 13 on page 59.28 in.) 5324 mm (209.3 in. and the service bays.) 7588 mm (298.) 15134 mm (595.) 12870 mm (506. Length of A in Figure 13 on Length of A in Figure 13 on page 59 or in Figure 14 on page 59 or in Figure 14 on page 60 (Not Including page 60 (Including Service Service Bays) Bays) (see Notes 1 and 2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Note: 1. 1544 mm (60.15 in.) 14379 mm (566. the size of a clearance is measured by its depth from the outside of the frame and its width along the library. In Figure 14 on page 60.) 6079 mm (239.) 5324 mm (209. At the ends of the library.97 in.74 in.15 in.) 11361 mm (447.43 in.) 10606 mm (417.) (see Notes 1 and 2) Not applicable 4569 mm (179. Figure 14 on page 60 shows the location of the clearances for Models L32 and D32.) 12870 mm (506.) 9852 mm (387.56 in.69 in.61 in.42 in. the size of a clearance is measured by its depth from the outside of the frame and its width along the library. Figure 13 on page 59 shows the location of the clearances for Models L22.) 13625 mm (536.) 9852 mm (387. the depth of the service clearance is measured from the front of the library to the rear.) 6833 mm (269.8 in.02 in.33 in.) 12115 mm (476.) 13625 mm (536.43 in. Table 19 shows the length of the 3584 Tape Library both with and without service bays and including side clearances. the depth of the service clearance is measured from the front of the library to the rear.) 9097 mm (358.10 in. D52.) Number of Active (Non-Service) Frames 58 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .) 3815 mm (150.56 in. D52.) 2298 mm (90.) 4569 mm (179.79 in. Table 19. For Models L22.8 in.74 in.88 in. D22.) 7588 mm (298.) 10606 mm (417.33 in.28 in. Clearance requirements for the 3584 Tape Library.97 in.) that is the total service clearance between the front and the rear of the library.69 in.87 in.) 6833 mm (269.61 in. For Models L32 and D32.47 in.42 in. B refers to the distance (3044 mm or 119.02 in. B refers to the distance (2737 mm or 107.) 9097 mm (358. The table gives the clearances for a library both with and without service bays. At the ends of the library.) 12115 mm (476. D22.) that is the total service clearance between the front and the rear of the library.20 in.) 11361 mm (447.88 in.) 6079 mm (239. L52. and the service bays.Clearance Specifications for Models of the 3584 Tape Library This section helps you to calculate the length of a 3584 Tape Library and the clearances for service. L52.

L52. Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.9) 762 (30) (2X) 148.8) B 762 (30) A Leveling pad Caster Power cord exit Cable exit area Only required on subsystems with 3 or more frames. a69i0292 Chapter 2.4 (31.9 762 (30) 410 (16.| (2X) 41.5) Rear (4X) (2X) 1116 (43.8 (5.2 (27. Models L22.4 (1. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 59 .5) (2X) 683 26.9) (2X) 1008 (39. and the service bays.5) (2X) 90 (3.7) (2X) 208 (8.8 (2X) 658 25. The | service clearance area (and operator clearance area at the front of both frames) is denoted by dotted lines. the bottom measurements are in inches. The top measurements are in millimeters. Operator side Move restraints | | Figure 13.2) (2X) 99 (3.9) Front (2X) 64 (2. | D52.6) (2X) 699.9) (2X) 807.4) 762 (30) 99 (3. D22.

9 (54.2 (25.2) (2X) 130.9 (3.8) (2X) 1265. 60 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0293 . the bottom measurements are in inches. Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.5 (5.0) (2X) 699.3) 762 (30) B 762 (30) A Leveling pad Caster Power cord exit Cable exit area Only required on subsystems with 3 or more frames.11) 762 (30) (2X) 357.8) 83 (3.4 (1.| (2X) 24. Models L32 and D32.9) Front (2X) 648. The service clearance area (and | operator clearance area at the front of both frames) is denoted by dotted lines.7 (27.4 (31.1) (2X) 807.5 (2.2 (10.5) Rear (4X) (2X) 1392.8 (14.1 (49. Operator side Move restraints | | Figure 14.5) (2X) 690.2 (27.8) (2X) 258.1) (2X) 57. | The top measurements are in millimeters.2) 762 (30) 460 (18.3) (2X) 99.

As an alternative to routing Fibre Channel cables from servers to the bulkhead at the bottom rear of the 3584 Tape Library. Opening for routing Fibre Channel cables from servers through the top of a frame To route the cables through the top of a frame. Open the cable access door at the top of the frame (see 1 in Figure 16). Route Fibre Channel cables from the servers into the cable access door and down to the bulkhead assembly. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library a69m0252 61 . Opening the cable access door at the top of a frame 2. Chapter 2. 1 Figure 15. you can route the cables through the top of the library frame (see 1 in Figure 15). perform the following procedure. 1 a69m0251 Figure 16. 1.Routing Fibre Channel Cables Through the Top of a Frame This section describes how to route Fibre Channel cables from servers through the top of a frame in the 3584 Tape Library.

as this could damage the cable. Do not cross one cable over the other. position them as shown in Figure 17 Note: Ensure that all Fibre Channel cables are parallel to each other as shown.3. 62 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69m0253 . Open the rear door of the frame. 4. Attach the Fibre Channel cables to the appropriate location in the bulkhead. Positioning the Fibre Channel cable inside the frame 7. Use the Velcro© ties to secure the Fibre Channel cables along the left side of the frame. After you route the cables inside the frame. 6. 5. Figure 17. Position all of the Fibre Channel cables outside the frame as shown in Figure 18 on page 63.

) wide by 504. D22. Fire-Suppression Provisions for the 3584 Tape Library This section discusses how the 3584 Tape Library is constructed to allow third-party installation of fire-suppression equipment. L52.7 mm (19. and for Models L22. sprinklers. The 3584 Tape Library allows for mechanical connections to permit third-party installation of fire-suppression equipment. Carefully close the cable access door. and the HA1 frame. D52. The area is 82. Note: Do not cut the opening larger than required. or other parts (see 1 in Figure 19 on page 64). The equipment can extend through the top cover for a maximum intrusion of 175 mm (6. and cabling can be run from frame to frame only if they stay within an allowable area (see 2 in Figure 19 on page 64) and do not interfere with library components.).Figure 18. a depth of 175 mm (6.) is available for installing pipes.7 mm (3.) long. conduits. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 63 . conduits.9 in.9 in. Fire Suppression for Models L32 and D32 Each L32 or D32 frame has an allowable area on the top that may be cut to allow entrance of pipes. The sections that follow describe the fire-suppression design for Models L32 and D32.3 in. Padding on the door holds the cables in place safely and securely. Positioning the Fibre Channel cable outside the frame 8. When deciding whether to implement fire-suppression equipment.8 in. a69m0254 Chapter 2. or other components. Within the frame. Piping. refer to your local and national standards and regulations. sensors.

D22. sprinklers. or other parts (see 1 in Figure 20 on page 65).) and 50 mm (2. The area is 82. Note: 1. or other components. conduits. 64 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .8 in. D52 and HA1 frame has an allowable area on the top that may be cut to allow entrance of pipes. Do not cut the opening larger than required. The equipment can extend through the top cover for a maximum intrusion of 175 mm (6. L52. and cabling can be run from frame to frame only if they stay within an allowable area (see 3 in Figure 20 on page 65) and do not interfere with library components.) wide by 504. D52 and the HA1 frame are equipped with a single perforated plug (2 in Figure 20 on page 65) in diameters of both 30 mm (1. Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Model L32 or D32 frames) Fire Suppression for Models L22. conduits.9 in. L52.2 in. D22.0 in. D52. L52. a depth of 175 mm (6.7 mm (3. Models L22.) long. Within the frame.) is available for installing pipes. D22.).Figure 19.). sensors. 2. Piping.7 mm (19.3 in.9 in. and HA1 Frame Each L22.

2 180 7. a69i0138 180 7. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 65 .1 360 14.2 30 1.) wide by 140 mm (5. L52.5 504.2 3 Chapter 2. and Pipes Between Frames of the 3584 Tape Library Figure 21 on page 66 shows a side view of the area available to run cables. The area is a triangular section that is 81 mm (3. and pipes between frames of the 3584 Tape Library.8 25. Wiring.) long (see 1 in Figure 21 on page 66).7 19.2 in. Your fire-suppression mechanical equipment must fit within the allowable area or be installed outside the library.REAR 2 1 2 82.7 19.8 (2X) 647.4 504. Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Models L22. or the HA1 frame) Running Cables.7 3.5 in. D22.9 35 1. wiring.1 360 14.3 (2X) 604. D52.3 23.9 FRONT Figure 20.

) below the top of the frame.9-in. Route gaseous system piping with discharge nozzles on the top of the frames or inside the frames.) from the top of the frame.Figure 21. adjust the operating environment for the library accordingly. For frames that contain Ultrium Tape Cartridges or IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. below the top of the frame and within the 175-mm (6. The discharge nozzles can extend vertically no lower than 175 mm (6. Location for routing fire-suppression equipment between frames All water systems must be external to the library’s frame. with mechanical support provided for piping.) specification.9 in. IBM does not supply heat or smoke detectors.9 in. Then. 66 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0042 . Gas cylinders and control equipment must be external to the library. Attention: The environments in Table 20 on page 67 refer to the hardware of the 3584 Tape Library and may lead to temperatures greater than allowable for the cartridges and media stored in the library. Sprinkler heads that extend through the top of the frame must not extend more than 175 mm (6. Environmental Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library This section provides a table of environmental specifications for the 3584 Tape Library. refer to their environmental and shipping specifications.

Acoustical Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library This section introduces acoustical specifications for the 3584 Tape Library. “Environmental and Shipping Specifications for 3592 Cartridges” on page 121 This section gives a table of the operating. the accessor does not move. when the 3584 Tape Library is both operating and idling the following conditions apply: v Power is on. Chapter 2. Noise emission values for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. For the purposes of acoustical specifications. When the library is operating. and conform with ISO 9296. storage. storage. when the library is idling.5 B Idling (bels) 7.4 B Mean A-weighted Sound Pressure Level at the 1 m (Bystander) Positions <LpA>m Operating (dB) 54 dB Idling (dB) 51 dB All measurements are in accordance with ANSI S12. v Tape cartridges are loaded in all drives. unloads. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 67 . v All air-moving devices are operating. Acoustical Specifications for Models L32 and D32 Table 21. The 3584 Tape Library is a Category 1 product as defined in C-S 1-1710-006. the cartridge accessor loads.Table 20.10.4°F) 26°C (79°F) 29°C (84°F) Related concepts “Environmental and Shipping Specifications for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 100 This section gives a table of the operating. and shipping requirements for 3592 Tape Cartridges. or moves tape cartridges. Environmental specifications for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Environment Temperature (61 to 90°F) (61 to 90°F) (34 to 140°F) (-40 to 140°F) 5 to 100% Relative Humidity 20 to 80% 20 to 80% 5 to 80% (excluding precipitation) 29°C (84°F) Operating 16 to 32°C Nonoperating 16 to 32°C Storage 1 to 60°C Shipping -40 to 60°C Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature 23°C (73. Models L32 and D32 Declared Sound Power Level LWAd Operating (bels) 7. and shipping requirements for Ultrium Tape Cartridges.

or other materials on the top of the library. which receives power from a customer-supplied outlet and. This table is located in the section about power cords for Models L32 and D32. or L52) contains two dc power supplies for the accessor. provides ac power to all tape drives within the frame. the FCA in the base frame (Models L22. L52. do not stack cartridges. For more information. or D52) that has an FCA installed. This table is located in the section about power cords for Models L32 and D32. Noise emission values for the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. go to: v The table of specifications for 200 to 240 V ac power cords. D32. The FCA and tape drives have their own cooling as part of their packages.5 B Idling (bels) 7. D22. This table is located in the section about power cords for Models L32 and D32. Power and cooling for 3584 Tape Library components are provided by the frame in which they are housed. All measurements are in accordance with ISO 7779. Power and Cooling Specifications for 3584 Tape Library This section gives an overview of the power requirements of the 3584 Tape Library. D22. The FCA is not required in expansion frames that contain no tape drives. Each frame receives single-phase (200-240 V ac) power on its own power cord from a customer-supplied outlet. and D52 filled with 3592 Tape Drives Declared Sound Power Level LWAd Type of 3592 Tape Drives in Model E05 J1A Operating (bels) 7. go to: v The table of specifications for 100 to 127 V ac power cords. but air must be allowed to flow freely from the top of the library. Each frame also has the option of receiving ac power from two independent line cords (feature code 1901). For libraries that include a second accessor and the high-availability Model HA1. v The table of specifications that is located in the section about power cords for Models L22. L52. Each base frame and each expansion frame that contains drives has its own frame control assembly (FCA). and D52 | | | | | | | | | | | | Table 22. As an option. L52. books. L32.4 B 7. and D52. v The table of specifications for 100 to 127 V ac power cords. Models L22. or D52 frame (not a service bay) must be equipped with a 68 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . D22.Acoustical Specifications for Models L22.2 B Mean A-weighted Sound Pressure Level at the 1 m (Bystander) Positions <LpA>m Operating (dB) 56 dB 57 dB Idling (dB) 51 dB 53 dB The machines emit no prominent tones or impulsive noise. an additional dc power supply for the accessor can be added to any expansion frame (Models D22. at least one D22. Countries in North America have the option of operating at 100-127 V ac power. in turn. No further external cooling is required by the tape library. and reported in conformance with ISO 9296. Certain countries or regions require two-phase power to achieve the 200-240 V ac required by the frame. For redundancy. D22. For details. D32.1 B 7. Therefore. L52. v The table of specifications that is located in the section about power cords for Models L22. and D52.

For Models L32 and D32.S.54 A @ 120V. 0. cooling.22 kBTU/hr Maximum 12 amps. 1. Illinois (U. you order two 37 V dc power supplies (feature code 1902) plus a dual line cord (feature code 1901) for each L-frame and D-frame with a frame control assembly (FCA). 2. Power requirements for frames in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Power Voltage Library without drives (operating maximum continuous not peak1) Drives (operating maximum continuous . Table 23. Related reference “Power Cords for Models L32 and D32” “Power Cords for Models L22.27 A @ 240V. and D52” on page 71 Power Requirements for Frames of the 3584 Tape Library Table 23 lists the power requirements for the base frame and the expansion frames in the 3584 Tape Library.66 A @ 120V. 200 watts. Table 24 on page 70 lists the 200 to 240 V ac power cords and Table 25 on page 70 lists the 100 to 127 V ac power cords to use with the library (the term “power cord” refers to the cable that connects the library to the receptacle). 1. D22. Library power is supplied by dual redundant power supplies in the L-frame and optional additional redundant power supplies in D-frames. Each FCA must be further protected by a circuit breaker of the proper rating at the service rail (customer outlet). multiply the figures by the total number of drives that are installed. Be aware that each frame that contains a frame control assembly (FCA) is protected by a main line circuit protector in the FCA. Power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by the Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA).68 kBTU/hr 0. For the total drive power consumption and dissipation. Frames with no drives consume no power and dissipate no heat. 0.8-m (. IBM recommends that. The service rating for all 200 to 240 V ac plug types is as follows: v Maximum voltage: 250 V ac v Current: see Table 24 on page 70 v Phases: 1 Chapter 2.frame control assembly (feature code 1452 for Model D32 or feature code 1453 for Models D22 and D52) and at least one additional 37 V dc power supply (feature code 1902). 0.A. L52. 1.07-in.) requires a 1. The figures in this table include drive. Rating 100 to 240 V ac @ 50-60 Hz single phase (auto-ranging) 2.not peak2 Nameplate electrical limits Inrush current Note: 1.33 A @ 208V. Chicago. and all drive power supplies (including redundant power). 200 A @ 240V (peak for 1/2 cycle) Power Cords for Models L32 and D32 The appropriate power cord for the 3584 Tape Library is attached at the factory (based on the destination code of your country or region).2 kVA @ 100 V ac (nominal) Maximum 8 amps. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 69 . Library power consumption does not increase as D-frames are added. 65 watts.6 kVA @ 200 V ac (nominal) 100 A @ 120V. where possible.) power cord (feature code 9986).

S. Japan. U.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight twistlock (in the U.S.S.S. Korea. Philippines. Illinois. Japan.) In the section about power receptacles. Canada. Japan.S.S. Philippines. and Taiwan) 4.3 m (14 ft) watertight (in the U. Philippines. match the receptacle number to the picture of a receptacle..v Wires: 3 Table 24. Related reference 70 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Illinois.. U.) 11F0113 / 9987 NEMA L6-30R (receptacle #3) 14F1550 / 9987 NEMA L6-15R (receptacle #2) 46F6063 / None Per local requirements 36L8823 / None IEC 309 Type 2P+GND. and Canada) 1.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight twistlock (default in the U. Korea. Canada. Hubbell HBL316R6W (receptacle #6) Russellstoll connectors 3913U2 or 9C23U2 or receptacles 3743U2 or 9R23U2W (receptacle #4) Russellstoll connectors 3913U2 or 9C23U2 or receptacles 3743U2 or 9R23U2 (receptacle #4) 46F4594 / 9988 Russellstoll connectors 3933 or 9C33U0 or receptacles 3753 or 9R33U0W (receptacle #5) Russellstoll connectors 3933 or 9C33U0 or receptacles 3753 or 9R33U0W (receptacle #5) 86F2646 / 9988 46F4593 / 9986 86F2645 / 9986 The service rating for all 100 to 127 V ac plug types is as follows: v Maximum voltage: 125 V ac v Current: see Table 25 v Phases: 1 v Wires: 3 Table 25. and Taiwan) 1.3 m (14 ft) (in countries or regions other than the U. Specifications for 200 to 240 V ac power cord used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. 16A for example. and Taiwan) 4. Korea. Specifications for 100 to 127 V ac power cords used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.8 m (6 ft) watertight (in Chicago. Models L32 and D32 Single Branch Circuit 30A Service Rating Length and Type of Power Cord Part Number and Feature Code Type of Service Receptacle Dual ac Line Cords 15 A Service Rating (Feature Code 1901) Part Number and Feature Code Type of Service Receptacle 4..8 m (6 ft) non-watertight twistlock (in Chicago. Models L32 and D32 Single Branch Circuit 20A Service Rating Length and Type of Power Cord Part Number and Feature Code 19P5903 / 9951 and 9987 19P5904 / 9951 and 9986 Type of Service Receptacle NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) Dual ac Line Cords 20 A Service Rating (Feature Code 1901) Part Number and Feature Code 12J5117 / 9951 and 9987 12J5115 / 9951 and 9986 Type of Service Receptacle NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) 4. Canada.

Philippines. Canada.3 m (14 ft) watertight in U.). 16 A single phase. 110 V ac. In all countries except the United States. if no other feature is specified. Power Cords for Models L22. 250 V ac. and Taiwan. L52. Japan. Philippines.8 m (6 ft) watertight (in Chicago.8 m (6 ft) non-watertight (in Chicago.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight (in U.S. Illinois. This is the default power cord. 110 V ac. Dual 1. This is the default power cord if no other feature is specified in the United States. twistlock 250 V ac.) 250 V ac. Specifications for power cords used with the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library.8 m (6 ft) watertight. 30 A. 15 A. and Taiwan. or a Russellstoll 3933 or 9C33UO connector (receptacle #5) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) 19P5904 / 9964 19P5903 / 9965 36L8823 / 9970 IEC-309 2P +GND 16A (receptacle #6) 86F2645 / 9971 Russellstoll 3743U2 or 9R23U2W receptacles. 30 A 1.110 V ac. in Chicago. Philippines. in all countries except the United 23R2333 / 9960 States. and Taiwan. international 250 V ac. and Canada only). Illinois.3 m (14 ft) watertight in U. Models L22. Canada.S. Korea. Illinois. Canada. 4. 20 A NEMA L6-15R (receptacle #2) 86F2646 / 9973 Russellstoll 3743U2 or 9R23U2W receptacles. Philippines. Korea. and D22 Length and Type of Power Cord Part Number and Feature Code Type of Service Receptacle 4.3 m (14 ft) in U. Illinois. This is the default power cord if no 14F1550 / 9972 other feature is specified in the United States.S. Korea. D22. Japan. and Taiwan. Philippines.S. Physical Planning Specifications for the 3584 Tape Library 71 . 1. Japan. This feature is available in the United States. D22... 15 A 46F4593 / 9961 No connector (a connector can be attached per local requirements) Russellstoll 3753 or 9R33UOW receptacle. Canada. 30 A 4.S. U.S. Asia/Pacific 250 V ac. U. 15 A. and Taiwan. or Russellstoll 3913U2 or 9C23U2 connectors (receptacle #4) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) NEMA L5-20R (receptacle #1) 12J5115 / 9974 12J5117 / 9975 Chapter 2.S. Dual 4. 20 A Dual 4.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight.3 m (14 ft) international 250 V ac.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight. U.8 m (6 ft) in Chicago. Asia/Pacific 250 V ac. or Russellstoll 3913U2 or 9C23U2 connectors (receptacle #4) Dual 4.S. twistlock 250 V ac. Canada.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight. 20 A Dual 4. U. Korea. Dual 1. L52. Canada.“Power Receptacles for the 3584 Tape Library” on page 72 This section contains a table of power receptacles for power cords used by models of the 3584 Tape Library. Japan. 30 A. Japan. 20 A 4. if no other feature is 46F6063 or specified. and D52 Table 26. this is the default power cord that is supplied when the dual ac power feature (1901) is ordered. and Canada only 110 V ac. or a Russellstoll 3933 or 9C33UO connector (receptacle #5) 11F0113 / 9962 NEMA L6-30R (receptacle #3) 46F4594 / 9963 Russellstoll 3753 or 9R33UOW receptacle. Canada. Korea.

Related reference “Power Cords for Models L32 and D32” on page 69 “Power Cords for Models L22. and D52” on page 71 72 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0117 . D22. match the receptacle number to the picture of a receptacle.In the section about power receptacles. L52. Certain power cords and receptacles are used by specific models. L52. Related reference “Power Receptacles for the 3584 Tape Library” This section contains a table of power receptacles for power cords used by models of the 3584 Tape Library. and D52. Figure 22 shows acceptable receptacles for power cords used by the 3584 Tape Library. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Figure 22. Power Receptacles for the 3584 Tape Library This section contains a table of power receptacles for power cords used by models of the 3584 Tape Library. Types of receptacles for power cords used by the 3584 Tape Library Note that a number is beside each receptacle in Figure 22. Match the receptacle number to the receptacle number in the table of power cords for Models L32 and D32 or for Models L22. D22.

2005 73 . 2004. you can use feature codes to perform the following actions: v Specify plant or field installation of tape drives v Specify host configurations v Identify the specific attachment type v Order open systems device drivers Elements in the 3584 Tape Library This section provides a flowchart of the elements that are available for a 3584 Tape Library.Chapter 3. When ordering the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. © Copyright IBM Corp. Standard Features of the 3584 Tape Library This section introduces a pictorial representation of the elements of the 3584 Tape Library and the feature codes for those elements.

1902 Additional Power Supply Fibre Patch Panel 3592 Drive -or1461 add'l LC-LC Patch Cbl LTO Drive 1462 Install 9001 No Drives Drives: same as Lxx above Power Cords (L/D Frames) 9724 OEM Pwr (L32/D32) 9951 110V Option (L32/D32) 9960 No Connector (EMEA) 9961 Chicago Russellstoll 9P33UO 9962 Twistlock NEMA L6-30P 9963 Russellstoll 9P33UO 9964 Chicago NEMA L5-20P 9965 NEMA L5-20P 9986 Chicago (L32/D32) 9987 Twistlock (L32/D32) 9988 Watertight (L32/D32) Remote Support 2710 Facility (modem) 2711 Switch 2712 Attachment Ethernet Support 1660 Ethernet Support L32 (Field). (D32) 1453 Frame Control Asm.3592 20 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 8757 1 LTO 20 LTO Ultrium Ultrium-2 Cleaner Data Cartridges Cartridges 8750 8767 20 3592 Data Cartridges 8820 1 3592 Cleaner Cartridges 8802 9210 HP-UX 9211 Sun HD68 to HD68 Cable 9212 Windows AS/400 (FC6501) 5305 5m 9213 Other non-IBM Interposer 5310 10 m 9215 Linux (other) 2895 5318 18 m 9216 Linux (zSeries) 5325 25 m 9217 zSeries OS VHDCI to HD68 Cable 9400 iSeries or AS/400 VHDCI-HD68 5604 4.SC Fibre Cable 5907 7m 5913 13 m 5922 22 m 5961 61 m LC . L32. It also indicates to which models the feature codes apply and whether you. can set up (install) the feature. different features are available. Feature Codes for Models of the 3584 Tape Library This section provides a list and description of the feature codes for the 3584 Tape Library. Depending on the model of the library.LTO 1659 16 Additional I/O Slots .5 m 9600 pSeries or RS/6000 Interposer 5610 10 m 5099 5620 20 m 3584 Storwatch Specialist 5625 25 m (L22. 74 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0315 . the customer.5 m Inline HVD 5710 10 m Terminator 5720 20 m 5098 Control Path Failover 5725 25 m 1680 SC . D22 and D52 (both Field and Plant) 9660 L22 and L52 (Plant) Dual Power Cords 9970 Single Phase IEC-309 (EMEA) 9971 Chicago Russellstoll 3720DPU2 9972 Twistlock NEMA L6-15P 9973 Russellstoll 3720DPU2 9974 Chicago NEMA L5-20P 9975 NEMA L5-20P 1901 Dual Power Cord Related reference “Feature Codes for Models of the 3584 Tape Library” This section provides a list and description of the feature codes for the 3584 Tape Library. Elements in the 3584 Tape Library D A T A | Host System Model L22/L32/L52 Base Frame F L O W 3592 Drive Fibre Patch Panel or 1461 add'l LC-LC Patch Cbl LTO Drive 1462 Install 1454-56 LTO-1 Canister + Mnt Kit (withdrawn) 1474 LTO-2 LVD Canister + Mnt Kit 0-12 1475 LTO-2 HVD Canister + Mnt Kit 0-12 1476 LTO-2 Fibre Canister + Mnt Kit 0-12 1479 LTO-2 Fibre Canister 0-12 9677 Plant Installed J1A Canister 0-12 9678 Plant Installed 3588 Canister 0-12 9680 Plant Installed 3592 E05 Canister Note: A minimum of one drive must be ordered. It also indicates to which models the feature codes apply and whether you.Figure 23 shows the elements in the 3584 Tape Library. | | Figure 23.LC Fibre Cable 6005 5m 6013 13 m 6025 25 m 6061 61 m 9700 "No cables" order 0500 Library & Drive Code Update 1603 Capacity Expansion (L32) 1641 Intermediate Capacity License 1642 Full Capacity License 1643 Intermediate Capacity on Demand 1644 Full Capacity on Demand 9040 HA Library (Dual Accessors) 9002 First Expansion Frame 9003 Additional Expansion Frames Expansion Frames Expansion Frames 0-1 0-15 1901 Dual Power Cord *See power cord feature codes X-Track Cable 1802 1-2 Frames 1806 3-6 Frames 1814 7-14 Frames 1816 8-16 Frames 9316 8-16 Frames (plant) Model HA1 Dual Accessors 1440 Service Bay B Conf. can set up (install) the feature.HA X-Tr. L52) VHDCI to VHDCI Cable 1662 5704 4. 1608 Mixed Media Support (L32) 1657 20 LTO I/O Slots (L32) 1658 16 Additional I/O Slots . the customer.Cable 1610 Add D22/D52 to existing x32 1620 Add D32 to existing x22/x52 Model D22/D32/D52 Expansion Frame: 1452 Frame Control Asm. 1840 Chg. Table 27 on page 75 lists the feature codes for the models of the 3584 Tape Library.SC Fibre Cable 5805 5m LC-SC Fibre Data Path Failover 5813 13 m Interposer 1681 5825 25 m 5096 5861 61 m Advanced Library Mgmt Sys 1690 Drive Remove and Reinstall 1501 Fibre Drive move kit (L32) 1503 3592 mounting kit 1504 LTO mounting kit 1663 Drive Removal 1665 LTO Drive Reinstall 1674 3592 Field Install 1678 3588 Field Install LC .

D22. D52 L32 L32 D22. D32. L52. Standard Features of the 3584 Tape Library | | 0500 1440 1452 2 1453 1461 1462 1474 1475 1476 1479 1501 1503 1504 1603 1608 1610 1620 1641 1642 1643 1644 1657 1658 1659 1660 1662 1663 1665 | | 1674 1678 1680 L22. D32 L32. D32 L52. L52 L32 L22. L52 L22. D22.Table 27. L52 L22. L52. L52. D52 L22. D22 L32. Feature codes for the models of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Feature Code Model L22. D52 L32. L32. D32. D22 L32. L32. D32. D52 D32 D22. L52. D52 L32. D52 L32. L52 Yes 75 . L52 D22. L52 L22. D52 L22. L52. D32. L32. L52. D32 L32. D22 L22. L32. D22. or D52 Intermediate capacity storage (already enabled) Full capacity storage2 (already enabled) Intermediate capacity storage On Demand (installed but not enabled) Full capacity storage On Demand2 (installed but not enabled) 20 additional LTO I/O slots 16 additional LTO I/O slots3 16 additional 3592 I/O slots3 10/100 Ethernet support4 TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface4 Drive removal LTO Ultrium Tape Drive reinstall 3592 Tape Drive field install (covers all models of the 3592 Tape Drive) 3588 Tape Drive field install assist (Feature code 1678 provides a charge for an IBM Representative to install or reinstall the 3588 Fibre Channel Tape Drive. D52 L32 L22. D22. D52 CustomerSetup Unit (CSU)1 No No No No No No No No No Yes No No Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Description Library and drive code update (by IBM Service Representative) Service bay B configuration with accessor Frame control assembly (does not apply to D22 or D52) Frame control assembly (does not apply to D32) Additional LC-to-LC drive-to-patch-panel cable Fibre Channel patch panel LTO Ultrium 2 LVD drive and mounting kit LTO Ultrium 2 HVD drive and mounting kit LTO Ultrium 2 Fibre Channel drive and mounting kit LTO Ultrium 2 Fibre Channel Tape Drive canister Fibre Channel Tape Drive move kit 3592 Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit LTO Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit Capacity expansion Mixed media/D22 support Add D22/D52 to existing L32 or D32 Add D32 to existing L22.) Control path failover Chapter 3. D52 D32 L22. L52 L32. D32. D32. L52 L22. D32 L22.

D32 L32.to 6-frame X-track cable6. L52 L22. D52 L22. D22. L32. D32 L32. D32 L22. L32. D32 L32. D32 L32. L52 L22. D32 L32.10 8. L52 L22. D22. AS/400. 25 meters (82 ft) VHDCI-to-HD68 SCSI cable. D32 L32. D32. 5 m (17 ft) Description 76 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . 20 meters (66 ft) VHDCI-to-VHDCI SCSI cable. 10 meters (33 ft) VHDCI-to-VHDCI SCSI cable. D32. 22 m (72 ft) SC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. 4. D32.7 7. D52 L22. 25 meters (82 ft) SC-to-SC Fibre Channel cable. D22. L32.9. L32. 13 m (43 ft) SC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. 7 meters (23 ft) SC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. D32 L32. L52 L22. 4. D32 L32. D32. 61 m (200 ft) LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. L52 L22.to 2-frame X-track cable5 3. L32. D32 L32. 5 meters (16 ft) SC-to-SC Fibre Channel cable. L32.to 14-frame X-track cable8. D32. L32.to 16-frame X-track cable11 Change HA X-track cable Dual ac power Additional redundant (37 V) power supply Remote support facility Remote support switch Remote support attachment Interposer. D32. L52 L22. 10 meters (33 ft) HD68-to-HD68 SCSI cable. D52 L22. D32. 25 meters (82 ft) VHDCI-to-VHDCI SCSI cable. D32 L32. D52 CustomerSetup Unit (CSU)1 Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data path failover Advanced Library Management System 1. L52. 20 meters (66 ft) VHDCI-to-HD68 SCSI cable. D32 L32. L52. D22. L32. D52 L22. L32. L52 L32. D32. L32. L32.5 meters (15 ft) VHDCI-to-VHDCI SCSI cable. L52. D32 L32. D32 L32. L52. 10 meters (33 ft) VHDCI-to-HD68 SCSI cable. D52 L22. D22. L32. D32 L32. feature 6501 Interposer SC-to-LC Fibre Inline HVD SCSI terminator VHDCI/HD68 cable/interposer HD68-to-HD68 SCSI cable. L52 L22. D22. D52 L32. L52 L22. D22. L52. Feature codes for the models of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library (continued) Feature Code 1681 1690 1802 1806 1814 1816 1840 1901 1902 2710 2711 2712 2895 5096 5098 5099 5305 5310 5325 5604 5610 5620 5625 5704 5710 5720 5725 5805 5813 5825 5861 5907 5913 5922 5961 6005 Model L22. L52. 5 meters (16 ft) HD68-to-HD68 SCSI cable. 25 meters (82 ft) SC-to-SC Fibre Channel cable.5 meters (15 ft) VHDCI-to-HD68 SCSI cable. D32. D32. 13 meters (43 ft) SC-to-SC Fibre Channel cable. D32. D32 L32. L52 L22.Table 27. L32. L52. 61 meters (200 ft) SC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. D32 L32. L32. D52 D22. D32 L22.

L22. D52 D22. non-watertight.3 m (14 ft) | | | | | | | | 9210 9211 9212 9213 9215 9216 9217 9316 9400 9600 9677 9678 9679 | 9680 9700 9724 9951 9960 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 Chapter 3. Feature codes for the models of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library (continued) Feature Code 6013 6025 6061 7700 7701 7702 8750 8802 9001 9002 9003 9040 Model L22. D52 L32. L32. D52 CustomerSetup Unit (CSU)1 Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No Description LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. D52. 110 V ac. D22. L32. 4. D32. L32. L52. L32. L52. D32 L32. 110 V ac. L52. D32. L22. D32 L32. L52. L52 D22. Standard Features of the 3584 Tape Library 77 . D52 L22.8 m (6 ft) Power cord. L32. D52 L22.8 m (6 ft) Power cord. L32. D52 L22. L22. L32. D22. L32. D52 L22. non-watertight. D32. D52 L22. 1. L32.3 m (14 ft) Power cord. L52 L22. 1. L52. L52. L52. L22. L22. D22. L32. L32.3 m (14 ft) Chicago power cord. L52. D22. non-watertight. D22. L52.no documentation Ultrium cleaning cartridge 3592 cleaning cartridge Frame without drives First expansion frame attachment Additional expansion frame attachment High availability library Attached to HP-UX System Attached to Sun(TM) System Attached to Windows System Attached to other non-IBM system Attached to Linux System (other) Attached to zSeries Linux System Attached to zSeries Operating System15 8.German logo OEM . L52 L22. D52 L22. D32. D52 L22. D32. L32. L52. D52 D22. D22 L52. D32. D32. L52 L22. 13 m (43 ft) LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. 4. L52. L52. D32. D32. D52 L22. L52 L22. D22. D32. L32. 4. watertight. D52 L22. D32. L32. 4. L52 D22.no logo OEM . L52. D22. D32 L32. L52. D22 L22. D22.3 m (14 ft) Chicago power cord. D52 L22. L32. D52 L32. L52. L52 D22. D22. D22. L52 D22. L52. L52. D52 L32. L22. D22 L22.Table 27. 61 m (200 ft) OEM . L52. D32 L32.to 16-frame X-track cable (plant)12 Attached to iSeries or AS/400 Attached to pSeries or RS/6000 3592 J1A Tape Drive plant install in a 3584 Tape Library 3588 Tape Drive plant install in the 3584 Tape Library 3588 Tape Drive field install in a 3584 Tape Library (see feature code 1678) 3592 E05 Tape Drive plant install No host cables from plant OEM power cord 110 V power cord option Power cord. D52 L22. D52 D22. D52 L22. D32. 25 m (82 ft) LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable. L32. L32. L32. L22. D32. D32 L22.

3 m (14 ft) Dual power cord. Must be added to any IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library that comes from the plant and has 15 to 16 frames (14 or 15 Model D22. and when you want to add frames for a total of 15 to 16 frames. 10. 32. the customer. D22. watertight Related reference “Elements in the 3584 Tape Library” on page 73 This section provides a flowchart of the elements that are available for a 3584 Tape Library. Chicago. The Full Capacity Storage feature (1642 or 1644) is required to add an Additional I/O Slots feature (1658 or 1659). D22. watertight. non-watertight. 8. 78 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . can install yourself. 6. 11. L52.Table 27. when you have feature code 1816 or 9316 installed. non-watertight. L52. D52 L22. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors.3 m (14 ft) Dual power cord. Chicago. Required when you have 1 to 6 frames and you want to add frames for a total of 8 to 14 frames. D52 L22. Required when you have 1 to 6 frames and you want to add one frame for a total of 7 frames. Required when you have 1 to 14 frames.8 m (6 ft) Dual power cord. Feature codes 1660 and 1662 are standard in Models L22 and L52. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors. 4. twistlock connector Power cord. watertight. A feature that you. or D52. 1. D32 L32. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors. D52 L22. 4. D22. 110 V ac. 4. non-watertight. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors. Required when you have 8 to 16 frames. D22. 3. D32 CustomerSetup Unit (CSU)1 No No No No No No No No No Description Dual power cord. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors.3 m (14 ft) Dual power cord. 1. Model L22. 12. 5. 4. 9. 32. D22. D52 L32. or 52). 13.8 m (6 ft) Dual power cord. The Full Capacity Storage feature (1642 or 1644) is required to attach the optional expansion frame Models D22. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors.8 m (6 ft) Power cord. Required when you have 1 to 2 frames and you want to add frames for a total of 3 to 6 frames. L52. Required when you have 3 to 16 frames and you want to remove frames such that 1 or 2 frames remain. and when you want to remove frames such that you have a total of 7 frames. 2. when feature code 9316 is not installed. Feature codes for the models of the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library (continued) Feature Code 9970 9971 9972 9973 9974 9975 9986 9987 9988 Note: 1. D22. 110 V ac. L52. 7. D52 L22. D52 L22. Does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors. or 52 expansion frames attached to the Model L22. Required when you have 7 to 16 frames and you want to remove frames for a total of 3 to 6 frames. non-watertight. L52. ALMS feature code 1690 is required for the zSeries Operating System attachment. D32. Chicago. D32 L32. You do not need an IBM Service Representative to install a customer-setup unit.3 m (14 ft) Power cord. L52. 4. 1.

go to http://www. which means you can install them by yourself. Should you choose not to install a CSU. Feature Code 1479 1504 1643 1644 1678 1680 1681 1690 Assorted feature codes CSU Feature LTO Ultrium 2 Fibre Drive canister LTO Fibre Drive mounting kit (for Models L52. IBM can install it for an additional charge. and D22 only) Intermediate Capacity On Demand Full Capacity On Demand IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A (the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive) Control path failover Data path failover Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) SCSI cables. Standard Features of the 3584 Tape Library 79 . and SCSI interposers Chapter 3. then select Publications.ibm. Under the Publications category.com/servers/storage/tape-resource. D52. Detailed instructions are included when you order and receive these features. fibre cables. L22. To access the instructions from the web.Customer-Setup Units for the 3584 Tape Library This section lists the features for the 3584 Tape Library that are customer-setup units (CSUs). select 3584 Tape Library.

80 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

The cartridge with the | solid-colored case on the left is without WORM capability. “Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge” on page 85 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge. Overview of Ultrium Media This section describes Ultrium media.Chapter 4. The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge for Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. construction. “Ultrium Data Cartridge” on page 83 This section describes the capacity. © Copyright IBM Corp. Using Ultrium Media The section introduces information about Ultrium Tape Media. | | | Figure 24. operation. the Ultrium Tape Drives use the following cartridge types: v IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029 (Ultrium 3 cartridge with write once read many (WORM) capability) v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge (Ultrium 3 cartridge without WORM capability) v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB Data Cartridge (Ultrium 2 cartridge) v IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge (Ultrium 1 cartridge) v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge v LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge v Diagnostic cartridge Figure 24 shows the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. Within the 3584 Tape Library and subject to certain restrictions. the cartridge with the two-toned case on the right has | WORM capability. 2005 a67b0024 81 . and components of the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. 2004. “Ultrium Diagnostic Cartridge” on page 86 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the Ultrium diagnostic cartridge. The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library automates the storage and movement of IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. Related concepts “WORM Functionality for Ultrium 3 Tape Drives” on page 82 This section describes the write once read many (WORM) functionality that is used by the LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Drive.

Additionally. and Ultrium 3 Tape Drives and cartridges. For example. based on LTO technology. a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L3 is an Ultrium 3 cartridge. IBM has taken the following steps to reduce tampering with data: v The bottom of the WORM cartridge is molded in a color (gray) that is different from rewritable cartridges. and are also suitable for applications that require an audit trail. The Ultrium 3 Tape Drive includes the write once read many (WORM) feature. An Ultrium 3 Tape Drive with WORM capability can recognize WORM-compatible media. and does not allow it to be reformatted to the Ultrium 3 format (400 GB). “Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 104 WORM Functionality for Ultrium 3 Tape Drives This section describes the write once read many (WORM) functionality that is used by the LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. All IBM Ultrium 3 Tape Drives with firmware levels of 54K1 or higher support WORM function. 82 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . provides up to 400 GB native capacity and 800 GB at 2:1 compression. also known as Ultrium 3 400 GB WORM cartridges. v The WORM cartridge’s memory. When the cartridge is labeled according to proper IBM bar code label specifications. are only for use on Ultrium 3 Tape Drives with WORM capable-microcode. a cartridge with a VOLSER of 003995L2 is an Ultrium 2 cartridge. Ultrium 2. the Ultrium 3 drive only allows an Ultrium 2 cartridge to be written to 200 GB. and reads to Ultrium 1 tape cartridges.com/servers/storage/support/lto/3584/downloading. which is supported by the IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029. v A unique format is factory-written on each WORM cartridge. Information and the required drive code for the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive can be found at: http://www. The Ultrium 400 GB WORM format. along with its unique format. The new cartridge models are designed for applications such as archiving and data retention. The cartridges work with the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive to prevent the alteration or deletion of user data. Related reference “Ordering Additional Ultrium Cartridges and Media Supplies” on page 102 This section tells how to order additional Ultrium Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. However.“Ultrium Bar Code Label” on page 86 This section describes the appearance and specifications of the Ultrium bar code label. the last character of its volume serial (VOLSER) number indicates the generation of the media.ibm. Compatibility of Ultrium Drives and Cartridges This section defines compatibility between Ultrium 1.html The new 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029. protects the WORM character of the media. The Ultrium 3 Tape Drive reads and writes Ultrium 2 tape cartridges.

Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 drives read and write eight tracks at a time. Capacity for the four types of cartridges is as follows: v Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 3 WORM cartridges have a native data capacity of 400 GB (800 GB at 2:1 compression) v Ultrium 2 cartridge has a native data capacity of 200 GB (400 GB at 2:1 compression) v Ultrium 1 cartridge has a native data capacity of 100 GB (200 GB at 2:1 compression) When processing tape in the cartridges. Table 28. The head then repositions to the next set of tracks for the return pass. R = Read-only capability 2. and the Ultrium 1 Data Cartridge is black. The first set of tracks is written from near the beginning of the tape to near the end of the tape. For information about this command.Table 28 shows the compatibility among the Ultrium drives and cartridges. refer to the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library SCSI Reference. This process continues until Chapter 4. the Ultrium Tape Drives use a linear. dual-coat. and the Ultrium 1 drive. on 512 tracks. use only IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge cannot be interchanged with the media used in other IBM non-LTO Ultrium tape products. The Ultrium 3 drive reads and writes 16 tracks at a time by using an Ultrium 3 cartridge and 8 tracks at a time by using Ultrium 1 or 2 cartridges. if you want to limit the capacity to obtain a faster seek time) you can do so by issuing the SCSI command SET CAPACITY. The IBM Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge is blue-gray. and components of the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. To ensure that your tape drive conforms to IBM’s specifications for reliability. R/W = Read and write capability Cartridge Capacity 100 GB 200 GB 400 GB 400 GB Ultrium 3 R 1 Drive Type Ultrium 2 R/W 2 Ultrium 1 R/W Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible R/W R/W R/W R/W Not compatible Not compatible If you want to control the capacity of the cartridge (for example. serpentine recording format. The Ultrium 3 drive reads and writes data on 704 tracks. Using Ultrium Media 83 . metal-particle tape. The IBM Ultrium 3 WORM Data Cartridge is blue-gray on the top and gray on the bottom. but they may not meet the standards of reliability that are established by IBM. construction. on 384 tracks. You may use other LTO-certified data cartridges. Compatibility among Ultrium Tape Drives and tape cartridges Cartridge Type Media Type Ultrium 1 Cartridge Ultrium 2 Cartridge Ultrium 3 Cartridge Ultrium 3 WORM Cartridge Note: 1. operation. All generations contain 1/2-inch. The IBM Ultrium 2 Data Cartridge is purple. the Ultrium 2 drive. Ultrium Data Cartridge This section describes the capacity.

The LTO-CM enhances the efficiency of the cartridge. Whenever you unload a tape cartridge. The cartridge door (2) protects the tape from contamination when the cartridge is out of the drive. The LTO-CM also aids in determining the reliability of the cartridge by storing data about its age. You can order tape cartridges with the bar code labels included. When affixing a label. place it only in the recessed label area. and onto a non-removable takeup reel. notched area that prevents you from inserting the cartridge incorrectly. when you next insert a cartridge and issue the Write command. enables the drive to quickly locate the recording area and begin recording. For example. The insertion guide (6) is a large. or you can order custom labels. that contains information about the cartridge and the tape (such as the name of the manufacturer that created the tape). the LTO-CM stores the end-of-data location which. The head can then read or write data from or to the tape. how many times it has been loaded. Affix only a bar code label. Behind the door. The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge All generations of the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge include a Linear Tape-Open Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip (1 in Figure 25). and how many errors it has accumulated. The label area (5) provides a location for you to place a label. a threading mechanism pulls the pin (and tape) out of the cartridge. The write-protect switch (4) prevents data from being written to the tape cartridge. as well as statistical information about the cartridge’s use. or until all data is written. across the drive head. The storage capacity of the LTO-CM is 4096 bytes. Figure 25 shows the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge and its components 1 2 3 LTO cartridge memory Cartridge door Leader pin 4 5 6 Write-protect switch Label area Insertion guide Figure 25. A label that extends outside of the recessed area can cause loading problems in the internal drive or in the 3584 Tape Library. 84 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .all tracks are written and the tape is full. When you insert the cartridge into the drive. the tape drive writes any pertinent information to the cartridge memory. the tape is attached to a leader pin (3).

“Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 104 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge. or the library treats the cleaning cartridge as a data cartridge during an inventory. see the section for updating drive firmware in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide).000 load and unload cycles. IBM supplies one LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge and one 3592 Cleaning Cartridge regardless of how many frames of each type are in the library. or you are required to select menus to initiate cleaning. To remove a cleaning cartridge. Generations 1 and 2 of the LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge have a nominal cartridge life of 10.Generation 3 of the LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge has a nominal cartridge life of 20. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. IBM supplies a cleaning cartridge with the first frame of each media type. You can load multiple cleaning cartridges and store them in any cartridge storage slot except the slot that is reserved for the diagnostic cartridge (see the section about non-addressable storage slots in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide).000 load and unload cycles. The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (known as the universal cleaning cartridge) and the LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge are compatible with the Ultrium 1. Thus if the 3584 Tape Library contains frames with both LTO and 3592 Tape Drives. When the cartridge expires. you must ensure that a cleaning cartridge is loaded in the library (to determine whether one or more cleaning cartridges are loaded. Note: The volume serial (VOLSER) number on the cleaning cartridge’s bar code label must begin with CLNI or CLNU. To maintain the operating efficiency of the drive. the library uses the cleaning cartridge to automatically clean the drive. Ultrium 2. and Ultrium 3 Tape Drives. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). Using Ultrium Media 85 . To enable your Ultrium 1 drive to use these cartridges. Related reference “Ordering Additional Ultrium Cartridges and Media Supplies” on page 102 This section tells how to order additional Ultrium Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. Each drive determines when it needs to be cleaned and alerts the library. Before a drive can be cleaned. the library displays the following sample message on the Activity screen (where xx equals characters of the cartridge’s VOLSER): Remove CLNUxxL1 Cleaning Cartridge Expired The cartridge’s LTO-CM chip tracks the number of times that the cartridge is used. Depending on which cleaning method you choose. Related concepts Chapter 4. simply download and install the latest drive firmware (for instructions. The IBM Cleaning Cartridges are valid for 50 uses. The 3584 Tape Library monitors the use of all cleaning cartridges.

Each Ultrium data. The bar code also tells the library whether the cartridge is a data. where xx equals alphanumeric characters and y equals the generation of the cartridge type (1 for Ultrium 1. If your library is installed with a second accessor. The bar code must meet predefined specifications. Service bay B contains gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges. During service calls. all diagnostic tests that are selected from the operator panel and performed in maintenance mode will cause the drive to eject a WORM cartridge and issue error code 7 on its single-character display.“Drive Cleaning” on page 45 This section describes the methods of cleaning that the 3584 Tape Library uses for its drives. or diagnostic cartridge. where x equals 1. Ultrium Bar Code Label This section describes the appearance and specifications of the Ultrium bar code label. The label contains: v A volume serial (VOLSER) number that you can read v A bar code that the library can read When read by the library’s bar code reader. the bar code identifies the cartridge’s VOLSER to the tape library. 2. your IBM Service Representative will use the cartridge to ensure that the tape drives run correctly and to specification. 2 or 3 indicates that the cartridge is the second or third generation of its type. use a non-WORM cartridge. and also contains unusable storage slots. To run diagnostics. The volume serial (VOLSER) number for a diagnostic cartridge is represented as DG IxxLy. The slot is located at Column 1. One cartridge slot is reserved in the first Ultrium frame for the Ultrium diagnostic cartridge. cleaning. Ultrium Diagnostic Cartridge This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the Ultrium diagnostic cartridge. 1 indicates that the cartridge is the first generation of its type. The characters of the VOLSER are white on a black background. 3. and T indicates that the cartridge is a WORM cartridge. Row 1. cleaning. Never insert any type of cartridge into service bays. and diagnostic cartridge that is processed by the 3584 Tape Library must bear a bar code label. Because internal diagnostics for the LTO Ultrium Tape Drive will not permit it to write to a WORM cartridge. You can order tape cartridges with the labels included. Figure 26 on page 87 shows a sample bar code label for the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. or you can order custom labels. They include (but are not limited to): 86 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . In addition. L identifies the cartridge as an LTO cartridge. Each service bay contains gripper test slots for three Ultrium diagnostic cartridges and three 3592 diagnostic cartridges. The Ultrium diagnostic cartridge is a cartridge with known good media that is reserved for diagnostic purposes only. The storage slots in service bay B are not usable if the frame is configured as a service bay. the bar code includes the two-character media-type identifier Lx. or T. service bay A (the HA1 frame) contains only gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges. or 2 for Ultrium 2 or Ultrium 3).

) v Wide to narrow ratio of 2. you can configure the library so that it reports to the server all eight characters of the VOLSER on the bar code label or only the first six characters. If you have cartridge bar code labels that meet the LTO bar code label specification.1 mm (0. Note: If you suspect that the library is having problems reading the bar code labels.44 in. you can slow the scanner speed as part of problem determination. or you may want to slow the scanner speed while you wait for an opportunity to re-label the media. Related reference Chapter 4. L T O 1 2 3 L3 Figure 26.html. Select LTO Ultrium media. visit the web at http://www. For more information about bar code labels.75:1 v Minimum bar length of 11.423 mm (0. You can also contact your IBM Sales Representative for this specification. When attaching a bar code label to a tape cartridge. By using the Tape Library Specialist web interface. Sample bar code label on the LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Cartridge. A mark in this area may prevent the 3584 Tape Library from reading the label.017 in. there is no need to slow the scanner speed. Depending on the severity of the problem. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. The volume serial number (LTO123) and bar code are printed on the label. where the last two characters must be L1.v Eight uppercase alphanumeric characters.pdf file to view the IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification. You may choose to slow the scanner speed rather than replace all labels. Under Abstract. Using Ultrium Media a69i0082 87 . L3. Attention: Do not place any type of mark on the white space at either end of the bar code. the error recovery procedure (ERP) for poor labels may greatly exceed the time lost by slowing the scanner.ibm. then LTO label specifications. L2. place the label only in the recessed label area.com/servers/storage/support/lto/3584. select the . A label that extends outside of the recessed area can cause loading problems in the drive or the library. or LT v Label and printing to be non-glossy v Nominal narrow line or space width of 0.) To determine the complete specifications of the bar code and the bar code label.

88 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . do not use a sharp object. v Use peel-clean labels that do not leave a residue after they are removed. order Model 028 (specify the quantity) by feature code 2820 (20 cartridges per feature code ordered). v Before you apply a new label. water. “Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 104 Bar Code Labels for Ultrium 3 WORM Cartridges This section describes the bar code labels that you can order for the IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029 (also known as the Ultrium 3 400 GB Tape Cartridge). Model 028 (Ultrium 400 GB WORM) is available to address your labeling requirements. or a chemical to clean the label area. For unlabeled cartridges. If there is glue residue on the cartridge.“Ordering Additional Ultrium Cartridges and Media Supplies” on page 102 This section tells how to order additional Ultrium Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. Model 029 (Ultrium 400 GB WORM) provides a way to order bulk cartridges. remove it by gently rubbing it with your finger. v Do not reuse a label or reapply a used label over an existing label. order Model 029 (specify the quantity) by feature code 2920 (20 cartridges per feature code ordered). For the label. The jewel case feature code (8000) must be included on all orders. but is recommended to protect media in transit. The same background color will be on all the alpha characters. For labeled cartridges. remove the old label by slowly pulling it at a right angle to the cartridge case. If you prefer to do your own labeling. v Starting VOLSER sequence number: You can select the starting sequence number for labeled cartridges from the following: – First alphanumeric digit (0 to 9 and A to Z): #9100 (0) to #9135 (Z) – Second alphanumeric digit (0 to 9 and A to Z): #9200 (0) to #9235 (Z) – Third alphanumeric digit (0 to 9 and A to Z): #9300 (0) to #9335 (Z) – Fourth numeric digit (0 to 9): #9400 (0) to #9409 (9) – Fifth numeric digit (0 to 9): #9500 (0) to #9509 (9) – Sixth numeric digit is set to 0 – Seventh character of VOLSER is set to L – Eighth character of VOLSER is set to T Guidelines for Using Ultrium Bar Code Labels Apply the following guidelines whenever you use Ultrium bar code labels: v Use only IBM-approved bar code labels. The jewel case feature code (8000) is optional on all orders. To save time and labor in labeling cartridges. also specify the following information: v Alpha character label background options: Select Color/Vibrant (#9022) or White (#9077) for the background for alpha characters in the volume serial (VOLSER) number label. v Alpha character VOLSER color choices: If you selected the Color/Vibrant feature code (#9022). any of ten background colors are available (#9003 to #9012) for the alpha characters selected.

v Examine the label before you apply it to the cartridge. Do not use the label if it has voids or smears in the printed characters or bar code (an application’s inventory operation will take much longer if the bar code label is not readable). v Remove the label from the label sheet carefully. Do not stretch the label or cause the edges to curl. v Position the label within the recessed label area. v With light finger pressure, smooth the label so that no wrinkles or bubbles exist on its surface. v Verify that the label is smooth and parallel, and has no roll-up or roll-over. The label must be flat to within 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) over the length of the label and have no folds, missing pieces, or smudges. v Do not place other machine-readable labels on other surfaces of the cartridge. They may interfere with the ability of the bar code reader to read the bar code.

Setting the Write-Protect Switch on an Ultrium Cartridge
This section gives instructions for setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The position of the write-protect switch on an Ultrium Tape Cartridge (see 1 in Figure 27) determines whether you can write to the tape: v If the switch is set to (solid red), data cannot be written to the tape. v If the switch is set to unlocked (black void), data can be written to the tape. If possible, use your server’s application software to write-protect your cartridges (rather than manually setting the write-protect switch). This allows the server’s software to identify a cartridge that no longer contains current data and is eligible to become a scratch cartridge. Do not write-protect scratch (blank) cartridges; the tape drive will not be able to write new data to them. If you must manually set the write-protect switch, slide it left or right to the desired position.

1
Figure 27. Setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium Tape Cartridge

A67E0026

Chapter 4. Using Ultrium Media

89

Handling Ultrium Tape Cartridges
This section introduces ways to handle Ultrium Tape Cartridges to avoid damage to the cartridge case and the tape.
Attention: Do not insert a damaged tape cartridge into your 3584 Tape Library. A damaged cartridge can interfere with the reliability of a drive and may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. Before inserting a tape cartridge, inspect the cartridge case, cartridge door, and write-protect switch for breaks. If you need to recover data from a damaged cartridge, contact your IBM Service Representative.

Incorrect handling or an incorrect environment can damage the IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges or their magnetic tape. To avoid damage to your tape cartridges and to ensure the continued high reliability of your IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Drives, use the following guidelines:

Provide Training for Using Ultrium Tape Cartridges
v Post procedures that describe proper media handling in places where people gather. v Ensure that anyone who handles tape has been properly trained in handling and shipping procedures. This includes operators, users, programmers, archival services, and shipping personnel. v Ensure that any service or contract personnel who perform archiving are properly trained in media-handling procedures. v Include media-handling procedures as part of any services contract. v Define and make personnel aware of data recovery procedures.

Ensure Proper Packaging of Ultrium Tape Cartridges
v When you ship a cartridge, ship it in its original or better packaging. v Always ship or store a cartridge in a jewel case. v Use only a recommended shipping container that securely holds the cartridge in its jewel case during transportation. Ultrium Turtlecases (by Perm-A-Store) have been tested and found to be satisfactory (see Figure 28 on page 91). They are available at http://www.turtlecase.com.

90

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Figure 28. Tape cartridges in a Turtlecase

v Never ship a cartridge in a commercial shipping envelope. Always place it in a box or package. v If you ship the cartridge in a cardboard box or a box of a sturdy material, ensure the following: – Place the cartridge in polyethylene plastic wrap or bags to protect it from dust, moisture, and other contaminants. – Pack the cartridge snugly; do not allow it to move around. – Double-box the cartridge (place it inside a box, then place that box inside the shipping box) and add padding between the two boxes (see Figure 29).

Figure 29. Double-boxing tape cartridges for shipping

Provide Proper Acclimation and Environmental Conditions for Ultrium Tape Cartridges
v Before you use a cartridge, let it acclimate to the normal operating environment for 1 hour. If you see condensation on the cartridge, wait an additional hour.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium Media

91

v Ensure that all surfaces of a cartridge are dry before inserting it. v Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight. v Do not expose recorded or blank cartridges to stray magnetic fields of greater than 100 Oersteds (for example, terminals, motors, video equipment, X-ray equipment, or fields that exist near high-current cables or power supplies). Such exposure can cause the loss of recorded data or make the blank cartridge unusable. v Maintain the proper conditions for storing and shipping the cartridges. Related concepts “Environmental and Shipping Specifications for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 100 This section gives a table of the operating, storage, and shipping requirements for Ultrium Tape Cartridges.

Perform a Thorough Inspection of Ultrium Tape Cartridges
After purchasing a cartridge and before using it, perform the following steps: v Inspect the cartridge’s packaging to determine potential rough handling. v When inspecting a cartridge, open only the cartridge door. Do not open any other part of the cartridge case. The upper and lower parts of the case are held together with screws; separating them destroys the usefulness of the cartridge. v Inspect the cartridge for damage before using or storing it. v Inspect the rear of the cartridge (the part that you load first into the tape load compartment) and ensure that there are no gaps in the seam of the cartridge case (see 1 in Figure 30). If there are gaps in the seam, the leader pin may be dislodged and may need to be repositioned.

Figure 30. Checking for gaps in the seams of a cartridge

v Check that the leader pin is properly positioned. v If you suspect that the cartridge has been mishandled but it appears usable, copy any data onto a good cartridge immediately for possible data recovery. Discard the mishandled cartridge.

92

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Example: Improper Placement of Leader Pin The leader pin is misaligned. v Do not stack more than six cartridges. 2. Review media-handling procedures. If the cartridge drops. v Review handling and shipping procedures. Degaussing makes the tape unusable. slide the cartridge door back and ensure that the leader pin is properly positioned in the pin-retaining spring clips. v Do not degauss a cartridge that you intend to reuse. v Do not handle tape that is outside the cartridge. Use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to correctly position the pin. Handling the tape can damage the tape’s surface or edges. Use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to correctly position the pin. Perform the following steps: 1. immediately use data recovery procedures to minimize chances of data loss. Look for cartridge damage. Using Ultrium Media 93 . Look for cartridge mishandling. or when you reattach the pin if it has separated from the tape. Related tasks “Repositioning a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge” on page 94 Examples of Problems with Ultrium Tape Cartridges Example: Split Cartridge Case The cartridge’s case is damaged. If the leader pin has become dislodged. 2. Then. Related concepts “Repositioning or Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge” on page 94 This section introduces the procedures to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge.v If you must recover data from a damaged cartridge. Related tasks “Repositioning a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge” on page 94 Handle the Ultrium Tape Cartridge Carefully v Do not drop the Ultrium Tape Cartridge. Related concepts “Repositioning or Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge” on page 94 This section introduces the procedures to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. There is a high possibility of media damage and potential loss. perform the procedure to reposition it. Pulling on tape that is outside the cartridge can damage the tape and the brake mechanism in the cartridge. Related concepts Chapter 4. Then. 3. immediately use data recovery procedures to minimize chances of data loss. contact your service representative. which may interfere with read or write reliability. or when you reattach the pin if it has separated from the tape. Perform the following steps: 1.

Continued use of a repaired cartridge may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge.“Perform a Thorough Inspection of Ultrium Tape Cartridges” on page 92 Related tasks “Repositioning a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge” Repositioning or Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge This section introduces the procedures to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. you will need the following tools: v Plastic or blunt-end tweezers v Cartridge manual rewind tool (from Leader Pin Reattachment Kit. Figure 31 on page 95 shows a leader pin in the incorrect (1) and correct (2) positions.) Attention: Use a repaired tape cartridge only to recover data and move it to another cartridge. To place the leader pin in its proper position. Continued use of a repaired cartridge may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. or when you reattach the pin if it has separated from the tape. (Do not reattach the pin if you must remove more than 7 meters (23 feet) of leader tape. you must use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to reposition or reattach it. Repositioning a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge A leader pin that is improperly positioned inside an Ultrium Tape Cartridge can interfere with the operation of the drive. part number 08L9129) 94 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Attention: Use a repaired tape cartridge only to recover data and move it to another cartridge. If the leader pin in your Ultrium Tape Cartridge becomes dislodged from its pin-retaining spring clips or detaches from the tape.

Using Ultrium Media 95 . perform the following steps.Figure 31. grasp the leader pin and position it in the pin-retaining spring clips (3). With plastic or blunt-end tweezers. Chapter 4. Instead. Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. You may need to shake the cartridge gently to roll the pin toward the door. Ensure that there are no gaps in the seam of the cartridge (4). Note: If gaps exist. The cartridge door is open and the leader pin is visible inside the cartridge. 3. 2. contact your IBM Service Representative. Press the leader pin gently into the clips until it snaps into place and is firmly seated. Slide open the cartridge door (1 in Figure 32 on page 96) and locate the leader pin (2). 1. 4. do not continue with this procedure and do not use the cartridge. To reposition the leader pin. Close the cartridge door.

transfer data from the defective tape cartridge.. The cartridge door is open to show the leader pin. insert the cartridge manual rewind tool (1 in Figure 33) into the cartridge’s hub (2) and turn it clockwise until the tape becomes taut. Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position.Figure 32. Figure 33. 96 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . 5. A plastic brace that holds the cartridge door open. Once the leader tape has been removed there is a possibility of tape breakage. Rewinding the tape into the cartridge 6. The Leader Pin Reattachment Kit contains three parts: v Leader pin attach tool (see 1 in Figure 34 on page 97). Remove the rewind tool by pulling it away from the cartridge. After reattaching the leader pin. Reattaching a Leader Pin in an Ultrium Cartridge The first meter of tape in a Ultrium Tape Cartridge is leader tape. To rewind the tape. Do not reuse the defective tape cartridge.

v Touch only the end of the tape. Pull the tool back to hold the door open. A67E0042 Chapter 4. or both. the drive.v Cartridge manual rewind tool (see 2 in Figure 34). v Pin supplies (see 3 in Figure 34). then slide the tool onto the cartridge. This procedure may affect the performance of the leader pin during threading and unloading operations. Leader Pin Reattachment Kit To reattach a leader pin by using the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit. A device that fits into the cartridge’s hub and lets you wind the tape into and out of the cartridge. Attach the leader pin attach tool (1 in Figure 35 on page 98) to the cartridge (2) so that the tool’s hook (3) latches into the cartridge’s door (4). Leader pins and C-clips. Open the tool’s pivot arm (5). Other methods of reattaching the pin will damage the tape. Using Ultrium Media 97 . perform the following steps: 1. Destroy the damaged cartridge after you copy the data. 1 2 3 Figure 34. Attention: v Use only the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit to reattach the leader pin to the tape. which may interfere with read or write reliability. v Use this procedure on your tape cartridge only when the leader pin detaches from the magnetic tape and you must copy the cartridge’s data onto another cartridge. Touching the tape in an area other than the end can damage the tape’s surface or edges.

Set the tool and the cartridge aside. To hold the cartridge door open.) of tape hangs from the cartridge door. To find the end of the tape inside the cartridge. hook the tool into the door and pull the tool back. 2.Figure 35. If necessary. Continue to turn the rewind tool counterclockwise until approximately 13 cm (5 in. Attaching the leader pin attach tool to an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. 4. slowly turn the rewind tool counterclockwise to bring the tape edge toward the cartridge door (3). Turn the tool clockwise until you see the end of the tape inside the cartridge. Remove the rewind tool by pulling it away from the cartridge. attach the cartridge manual rewind tool (1 in Figure 36 on page 99) to the cartridge’s hub (2) by fitting the tool’s teeth between the teeth of the hub. 3. 98 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Then. grasp the tape and pull gently to unwind it from the cartridge.

6. Use your fingers to push the C-clip from the leader pin. Place the leader pin (from step 6) into the cavity (3) of the leader pin attach tool. 5. Position the tape in the alignment groove of the leader pin attach tool (see 1 in Figure 38 on page 100). Failure to properly center the tape on the pin will cause the repaired cartridge to fail. 7. A67E0036 Chapter 4. then turn it counterclockwise to bring the tape to the cartridge door. in the following step use care when folding the tape over the pin. Set the pin aside and discard the clip. When the tape is properly centered. 11.) gap exists on both sides of the pin. 10. Fold the tape over the leader pin and hold it with your fingers (see Figure 38 on page 100).Figure 36. 8. locate the open side of the C-clip (2). a 0. Attention: To prevent the leader pin from rolling into the cartridge.25-mm (0. The C-clip is a small black part that secures the tape (3) to the pin. On the leader pin (1 in Figure 37). 3 1 2 Figure 37.01-in. Note: Use care to ensure that the tape is centered over the leader pin. Removing the C-clip from the leader pin. Turn the cartridge manual rewind tool clockwise to see the end of the tape. Using Ultrium Media 99 . Place a new C-clip into the retention groove (2) on the leader pin attachment tool and make sure that the clip’s open side faces up. Remove the C-clip from the leader pin by using your fingers to push the clip away from the pin. Winding the tape out of the Ultrium Tape Cartridge. 9.

Ensure that the leader pin is latched by the pin-retaining spring clips on each end of the leader pin. Remove the rewind tool. Before you use an Ultrium Tape Cartridge. Use the cartridge manual rewind tool to wind the tape back into the cartridge (wind the tape clockwise).2 1 4 3 6 5 Figure 38. 100 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide A67E0037 . and shipping requirements for Ultrium Tape Cartridges. 13. storage. 17. Remove the leader pin attach tool by lifting its end up and away from the cartridge. acclimate it to the operating environment for 24 hours or the time necessary to prevent condensation in the drive (the time will vary. depending on the environmental extremes to which the cartridge was exposed). Environmental and Shipping Specifications for Ultrium Cartridges This section gives a table of the operating. Close the pivot arm (4) of the leader pin attach tool by swinging it over the leader pin so that the C-clip snaps onto the pin and the tape. Use your fingers to remove the leader pin from the cavity (3) in the leader pin attach tool. 14. Swing the pivot arm open and trim the excess tape (5) so that it is flush with the reattached leader pin (6). 16. Attaching the leader pin to the tape 12. 15.

Chapter 4. Contact your account representative for information about the materials that are in the cartridge. The plastic wrapping prevents dirt from accumulating on the cartridges and partially protects them from humidity changes.S. As such. state. and you should review them at the time of disposal. the temperature inside the frame may be as much as 5°C (9°F) above the temperature outside the frame. Operational storage equals less than 6 months.S. Disposing of Ultrium Tape Cartridges This section describes how to dispose of Ultrium Tape Cartridges according to federal and other regulations. Under the current rules of the U. Environment for operating. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). contaminants. and physical damage. you must review them before you dispose of a cartridge. Using Ultrium Media 101 . Archival storage equals greater than 6 months. When you ship a cartridge. Attention: Depending on how many drives you have installed in the frame of a 3584 Tape Library. These regulations are amended from time to time. 10 to 80% 26°C (79°F) (61 to 90°F) 20 to 80% 26°C (79°F) (61 to 77°F) 20 to 50% 26°C (79°F) (-9 to 120°F) 5 to 80% 26°C (79°F) Operating 10 to 45°C Operational Storage1 16 to 32°C Archival Storage2 16 to 25°C Shipping -23 to 49°C Stray magnetic field at any point on tape not to exceed 50 Oersteds. regulation 40CFR261.). Ship the cartridge in a shipping container that has enough packing material to cushion the cartridge and prevent it from moving within the container. moisture-proof bag to protect it from moisture. place it in its jewel case or in a sealed. Table 29 gives the environment for operating. storing. the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge is classified as non-hazardous waste. storing. and shipping LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges.A. it may be disposed of in the same way as normal office trash. If your local. be sure to take this temperature difference into account when you set up the environment around your library. and shipping the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges Environmental Specifications Environmental Factor Temperature (50 to 113°F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Maximum wet bulb temperature Magnetic field Note: 1. 2. Table 29. or regional regulations are more restrictive than EPA 40CFR261.The best storage container for the cartridges (until they are opened) is the original shipping container. To ensure continued reliability of your media. country (non-U.

Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. Or call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA.com/storage/media). visit the web at http://www. 102 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 029.com/storage/media). visit the web at http://www. v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 009. Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies Supply Item IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB WORM Data Cartridge Bar code labels are preapplied to cartridges. Or call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. Method of Ordering v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 028. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge Bar code labels are preapplied to cartridges. Ordering Additional Ultrium Cartridges and Media Supplies This section tells how to order additional Ultrium Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 006. Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB Data Cartridge Bar code labels are preapplied to cartridges. v Order as part number 24R1922 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor.ibm.If a tape cartridge must be disposed of in a secure manner. v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB WORM Data Cartridge Order VOLSER labels separately. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB Data Cartridge Order VOLSER labels separately. v Order as part number 19P5887 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor.ibm. Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 008. ensure that the incineration complies with all applicable regulations. you can erase the data on the cartridge by using a high-energy ac degausser (use a minimum of 2800 Oersteds over the entire space that the cartridge occupies). You can order cartridges and media supplies as a feature code only at the time that you purchase the 3584 Tape Library. Table 30. Order by calling 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. v Order by calling 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. You can also order the cartridges and media supplies shown in Table 30. Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. v Order by calling 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. If you burn the cartridge and tape. Degaussing makes the cartridge unusable.

ibm. v Order as part number 08L9120 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor. v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 004. visit the web at http://www. construction. and components of the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 003. Or call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. operation. v Order as part number 08L9870 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor. This case can also be used for the Ultrium 2 and Ultrium 1 Tape Cartridges. v Leader Pin Reattachment Kit Order by calling 1-888-IBM-MEDIA. Or call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA.com/storage/media). visit the web at http://www. visit the web at http://www. IBM LTO Ultrium 100 GB Data Cartridge Order VOLSER labels separately. visit the web at http://www.com/storage/media). v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 002. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (universal cleaning cartridge for use with Ultrium 1.ibm. v Order the jewel case as feature code 8000 from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner at the time of purchase of the IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A (also known as the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive). Ultrium 2.Table 30. Related reference “Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges” on page 104 Chapter 4. Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies (continued) Supply Item IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB Data Cartridge Order VOLSER labels separately.com/storage/media). Order as part number 08L9129 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor. v Order as part number 35L2086 through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor.ibm. “Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge” on page 85 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge. Jewel Case for IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB WORM Data Cartridge Related concepts “Ultrium Data Cartridge” on page 83 This section describes the capacity.com/storage/media). Method of Ordering v Order the cartridge from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business Partner by specifying Machine Type 3589 Model 007. Using Ultrium Media 103 . Specify the VOLSER characters that you want. and Ultrium 3 drives) VOLSER labels are included.ibm. IBM LTO Ultrium 100 GB Data Cartridge Bar code labels are preapplied to cartridges. Or call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA.

K. This information is provided for the convenience of 3584 Tape Library users only. 43 Redhills Road South Woodham Ferrers Chelmsford.uk NetC Asia Pacific Pty Ltd Locked Bag 14 Kenthurst NSW Australia 2156 Telephone: 61 (0) 2 9654 8272 http://www.com/ EDP/Colorflex 2550 West Midway Boulevard Broomfield. O.tri-optic. K. CO 80020-1633 U. TA3 6LX Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439 http://www.com/ In Europe and Asia Dataware Labels Europe Heubergstrasse 9 D-83052 Bruckmuhl-Gotting Germany Telephone: 49 806-29455 http://www. A. You can order bar code labels directly from the authorized label suppliers in Table 31.netclabels. Table 31. CT 06432 U.com/ 104 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Telephone: 800-426-4844 http://www. Box 320784 Fairfield.netclabels. Telephone: 44 (0) 1245-322380 http://www. IBM has not reviewed the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by such companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing equipment.co. Attention: The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library is designed to work with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification. A.com. You can order these labels separately from the IBM Data Cartridges and Cleaning Cartridges.datawarelabels. The following label providers have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code labels that meet the foregoing specifications and requirements.datawarelabels. S.Ordering Bar Code Labels for Ultrium Cartridges Bar code labels with volume serial (VOLSER) numbers are required for Ultrium Tape Cartridges that are read by the 3584 Tape Library. IBM is not responsible for the quality of bar code labels procured from sources other than IBM. S. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels for Ultrium Tape Cartridges In the Americas Dataware 7570 Renwick Houston. A.netcllc. S. Telephone: 800-432-1337 or 303-666-2160 http://www. TX 77081 U.com/media_labelling. Telephone: 203-372-6382 http://www.au NetC1 P. Essex CM3 5UL U.edpeurope. and is not an endorsement or recommendation of such providers.com/ EDP Europe. This information is applicable to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies.htm NetC Europe Ltd Town Farm Bungalow North Curry Taunton Somerset U. Ltd.

2005 | | | J1A 300 GB2 Black Label. as well as by the color of the cartridge case. In addition to automating the storage and movement of IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. *J 11 P ge ra to lS ta A To T M IB A 9 J H Figure 39. and Color of Write-Protect Switch Dark Blue Part Number a69i0313 D TM e ris rp te En 1 pe Ta rt Ca H 0 6 9 J 0 A 6 J R e o ge rid 8 92 . 1 35 r No P 7 5 3 4 rd e A 18P7534 105 . Using 3592 Tape Drive Media The section introduces information about the 3592 Tape Drive media. Door. Table 32. 2004. Characteristics of these cartridges are summarized in Table 32.Chapter 5. Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridges Text on Product Label and Type of Media1 Data. The 3592 Tape Drive uses four different data cartridge types and a cleaning cartridge. Overview of 3592 Media This section describes the tape cartridges that are used by 3592 Tape Drives in the 3584 Tape Library. Figure 39 shows the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. JA Native Capacity Color of Case E05 500 GB (E05 format) 300 GB (J1A format) © Copyright IBM Corp. the 3584 Tape Library does the same for IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. Table 32 gives the differences of the 3592 Tape Cartridges. Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Cartridges can be distinguished by the text on the product label.

for cleaning cartridges. construction. and Color of Write-Protect Switch Light Blue Part Number | | | 24R0316 | | WORM. JJ Native Capacity Color of Case E05 100 GB (E05 format) 60 GB (J1A format) J1A 60 GB Black Label. 3. but is not supported by the SCSI interface. there is a Customer Engineer (CE) diagnostic cartridge for use by IBM Service Representatives only. 106 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Door. | | | | | | | | Firmware for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive will not work in the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. N/A = not applicable. 2. “3592 Cleaning Cartridge” on page 111 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge. This designation appears as the last two characters on standard bar code labels. The 3592 Tape Drive does not support Ultrium 1 or 2 formats. and firmware for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive will not work in the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. For more information. The VOLSER for this cartridge is CE xxxJA where a space occurs after CE and xxx equals three numerals. operation.Table 32. You can update firmware for the 3592 Tape Drive without scheduling downtime. | 4. Where xxx equals three numerals. JW 500 GB (E05 format) 300 GB (J1A format) 300 GB Platinum (silvery gray) Dark Blue 18P7538 | | Economy WORM. Related concepts “3592 Data Cartridge” on page 110 This section describes the capacity. CLNxxxJA3 Note: N/A4 N/A Black Gray 18P7535 1. Note: In addition to these cartridges. The Data type cartridge can also be ordered in a 260 GB segmented. and components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. This enhancement is called a nondisruptive drive firmware update. the first three characters of the volume serial (VOLSER) number are CLN. It is available through the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface and (for IBM Service Representatives) through CETool. capacity scaled format providing 60 GB of high-performance random access. Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridges (continued) Text on Product Label and Type of Media1 Economy. and an additional 200 GB of capacity. go to the section about updating drive firmware in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. In addition. JR 100 GB (E05 format) 60 GB (J1A format) 60 GB Platinum (silvery gray) Light Blue 24R0317 | Cleaning.

One field in the servo manufacturer’s word (SMW) on the tape designates that the media is WORM. This WORM function is accomplished on the 3592 Tape Drive by a combination of microcode controls in the drive and a WORM tape cartridge. Related reference “Ordering 3592 Bar Code Labels” on page 125 WORM Functionality for 3592 Tape Drives and Media This section describes the write once read many (WORM) functionality that is used by the 3592 Tape Drives and their cartridges. WORM cartridges are formatted at the factory and may not be converted to data cartridges. Some records retention and data security applications require the WORM function of tape data storage. The WORM tape media is formatted differently than the standard read/write media. Special tamper-proofing techniques and checking prevent WORM cartridges from being transported to or from a data cartridge shell or cartridge memory and being inadvertently processed as a read or write (R/W) cartridge. the microcode prohibits the changing or altering of user data already written on the tape. If one condition is true and the other is false. the JW (full length) and JR (short length) cartridges. Each WORM cartridge is identified by using a unique cartridge identifier (UCID) that is permanent and locked. an ATTN DRV . the cartridge memory (CM) has a WORM indicator byte in the cartridge type field. Statistical Analysis and Reporting System (SARS) data can be written and updated on WORM tapes because the SARS data is not in the user area of the tape. Both of these conditions must be true for the drive to work with a WORM cartridge.Invalid Cartridge message will post. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | All 3592 Tape Drives with the appropriate microcode version installed are capable of reading and writing WORM cartridges. and can also be associated with the unique bar code volume serial (VOLSER) number. The control and status Chapter 5. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 107 . “3592 Bar Code Label” on page 114 This section describes the appearance and specifications of the 3592 bar code label.“3592 Diagnostic Cartridge” on page 114 This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the 3592 diagnostic cartridge. When the drive senses that a cartridge is a WORM cartridge. The drive microcode leverages this support by providing an interface and control mechanisms which allow an application or system to manage as needed. and which provides another level of security for data that must be maintained. In addition. This permanent locked information is stored in both the cartridge CM and on the tape itself. The microcode keeps track of the last appendable point on the tape by means of an overwrite-protection pointer stored in the cartridge memory (CM). “Ordering 3592 Media Supplies” on page 123 This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. The 3592 Tape Drives support two WORM media types. but the support is extended into the 3592 E05 Tape Drive WORM logical format and continues for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive WORM logical format. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive supports WORM behaviors and format attributes that are identical to the 3592 J1A Tape Drive.

Segmentation is only available within a specified range of capacity scaling settings.ibm. However. v Performance scaling for 87% capacity and a segmented format with recursive accumulating backhitchless flush (RABF) capability for the full cartridge. Using this capability. For information about implementing segmentation and capacity scaling. WORM cartridges may not be reused or erased by the drive and must be physically destroyed or bulk degaussed to delete data.software. they do not allow data overwrite under any circumstances. v 20% scaled fast access mode (20% capacity scaled. The effect of capacity scaling is to contain data in a specified fraction of the tape. and another 200-GB segment for additional capacity.mechanisms for this can be found primarily in mode pages X’23’ and X’24’. | | | | | | | | | | | | Like the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. While 256 settings of the Capacity Scaling byte (and resulting fractional capacities) are supported on the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. This yields faster locate and read times. such as scaling and segmentation modes. The 3592 Tape Drives allow append operations to data already on WORM cartridges. see the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference. Capacity scaling is not supported for Economy (60-GB) or write once read many (WORM) (60-GB or 300-GB) tapes. see also the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference. For full tape application usage. The Capacity Scaling byte is x’35’. capacity scaling. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive also supports multiple format options. 108 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . For WORM firmware for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. | | | | | The 3592 Tape Drive supports capacity scaling of data tape cartridges over a broad range of capacities. Alternatively. You can purchase 300-GB data tapes that are pre-formatted in these segments. or you can segment and capacity scale them at a later time. certain trailer and label record overwrites are allowed Capacity Scaling and Segmentation This section describes how the 3592 Tape Drives use capacity scaling and segmentation to place data in a designated section of tape to speed access and manage efficient capacity. Once full of data. you can purchase Economy tapes (the JJ media type) to achieve this faster performance. and segmentation.com/storage/devdrvr For more technical information regarding WORM. the Capacity Scaling byte is x’E0’. see the README files in the FTP directory that pertains to your device driver. which you can find by navigating in a web browser to the following URL: ftp://ftp. to segment 300-GB data tapes into two segments: one segment with 60 GB and very fast access. For more information. three primary setting are recommended for use: v Full capacity default mode. to allow you to trade capacity for improved access times. front of tape used). and allow overwrite of file marks and other non-data attributes to provide application transparency. The 3592 J1A Tape Drive divides tape into longitudinal segments. it is possible. for example.

Capacity scaling is not offered on either of the short length cartridge types (JJ or JR). The 3592 E05 Tape Drive does not change current cartridge scaling unless a SCSI Mode Select command that specifies Mode Page X’23’ (with appropriate non-default parameter settings) is received while the cartridge is positioned at the beginning of the tape. Scaling or rescaling one cartridge does not cause rescaling of the next cartridge. Chapter 5. the drive scales to the specified amount and creates a fast-access 20% capacity segment in the beginning of the scaled region. this option is available. including last wraps.equals about 8% capacity) to X’EC’ (236 -. This is performed using the Capacity Scaling byte and the Capacity Scaling Valid control bit in Mode page X’23’. For some applications that want improved access attributes for partially filled cartridges but still want to use full capacity (if required) without re-scaling.| | | These settings are fully certified and are available as labeled and initialized part-numbered cartridges. Three important attributes are controlled by the setting of the Capacity Scaling byte value: v The total Medium Capacity. The tape is logically erased by this (End of Data mark written at beginning of tape). an explicit command must be issued for each cartridge to be rescaled. but not physically erased as with the long erase command. between X’4B’ and X’EB .equals about 92%) v For scaling factors N. Capacity scaling is only offered on the JA cartridge type. RABF) of the cartridge format is retained when a cartridge is reformatted between the J1A and E05 logical formats. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive can sense and report the scaling state of the current medium by using a Mode Sense command that specifies Mode Page X’23’. the drive supports early warning at the end of the scaled region (with the appropriate unit attention to inform the software that it should flush buffers and close volume) and reports a physical end-of-tape check condition at the end of the scaled region. v Information about whether the format is segmented. v The drive provides the option of setting the scaling values of N/256ths of full capacity. If the format is segmented. Capacity scaling in the 3592 E05 Tape Drive is controlled by the host program performing a Scaling operation. or on the WORM cartridges (JW and JR). followed by the filling of the remainder segment. where N ranges from X’16’ (22 -. The fast access segment is always filled (written) first. v The cartridge can be rescaled from any current Capacity Scaling byte value to any supported new value. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 109 . v At all scaling factors. see the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference. For the exact Mode Select commands and settings necessary to invoke scaling. The default unscaled capacity is 300 GB for a JA cartridge in J1A density and 500 GB for a JA cartridge in E05 density. just as it would if unscaled tape had reached the real physical end of the tape. although the exact resulting used capacity as a percentage of full capacity is not identical for all mapped settings. v The ability to perform the RABF function on an entire cartridge. a fast-access segment is created on the front part of the tape followed by a larger remainder segment that occupies the remainder of the tape. It is important to note that the scaled state and attributes (segmentation.

For more information about capacity scaling and segmentation.) 110 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a69i0152 4 5 . construction. If your cartridge does not have a pre-attached bar code label and you attach one to it. The 3592 J1A Tape Drive writes or reads eight tracks at a time. and components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Through its vision system. with the actual compression and capacity depending upon the specific data. Figure 40 shows the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge and its components 1 2 3 4 Cartridge case Cartridge bar code label Volume serial (VOLSER) number Label area 5 6 7 IBM product label Cartridge door Write-protect switch | | 1 6 *J 11 P ge ra to lS ta A To T M IB A 9 J H D TM e ris rp te En 1 pe Ta rt Ca H 0 7 2 3 6 9 J 0 A 6 J R e o ge rid 8 92 . Capacities of data cartridges can be increased through data compression.5 mm (0.02 in. place it entirely within the recessed label area (see 3 and 4 as an example of proper placement). The 3592 Data cartridge has a native capacity of 300 GB. The label must be flat to within 0. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive writes or reads 16 tracks at a time. 1 35 r No P 7 5 3 4 rd e A Figure 40. the 3584 Tape Library identifies the types of cartridges it contains during an inventory operation. while the 3592 Economy cartridge has a native capacity of 60 GB. see the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 Introduction and Planning Guide. operation. Write once read many (WORM) cartridges are also available in both 60 GB and 300 GB capacities. 3592 Data Cartridge This section describes the capacity. The 3592 tape drive has a bidirectional read/write head with a new Enterprise Tape 3592 format. The bar code reader reads the VOLSER (see 3 in Figure 40) of the cartridge bar code label (2) that is in the label area (4) of the cartridge.

They are maintained by a portion of the drive’s microcode known as the Statistical Analysis and Reporting System (SARS). Prior to when the cartridge is unloaded. Each data cartridge includes a write-protect switch (7) that you can set to prevent data from being over-written or erased from the tape by the drive. missing pieces. or any extraneous markings. which tracks the number of cleaning uses and the location of the used cleaning media. Cartridge Memory in 3592 Tape Cartridges | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Each 3592 data cartridge contains a passive. but its format has been redesigned for 3592 Tape Drives to support the High Resolution Tape directory feature. The IBM product label (5) specifies the type of cartridge: Data. The module has a capacity of 4096 bytes. tears. read-only area of the CM. The format also differs from the LTO specification. and the data on the media. across the drive head. IBM supplies a specially labeled IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge with the first 3592 Tape Drive in Chapter 5. Economy WORM. The quantity of load and unload cycles to reach this number depends on the environment in which the tape is used. or cleaning. it is important to clean the tape path of the 3592 Tape Drives and to manually clean the outside of its data cartridges. The 3592 Data Cartridge has a nominal cartridge life of 20. these statistics are updated by the CM reader.over the length of the label and have no folds. radio-frequency interface to read the information. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 111 . The media’s performance statistics are stored in an unprotected. The cartridge and media information is stored in a protected. the media in the cartridge. The CM module holds information about that specific cartridge. WORM. The head can then read or write data from or to the tape. When the cartridge is loaded into the drive. when needed. Economy. read/write area of the CM module.000 load and unload cycles. contactless. and onto a non-removable takeup reel. or you can order custom labels. Related concepts “Ordering 3592 Media Supplies” on page 123 This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. The 3592 Tape Drives use the same CM module as the LTO Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives. The cartridge door (6) protects the tape from contamination when the cartridge is out of the drive. You can order tape cartridges with the bar code labels included. For each 3584 Tape Library. Failure to follow these placement requirements will result in degraded readability. a CM reader in the drive uses a contactless. silicon storage device called cartridge memory (CM). a threading mechanism pulls the tape out of the cartridge. 3592 Cleaning Cartridge This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge. Each cleaning cartridge also contains a CM module. When you insert the cartridge into the drive. To help prevent errors caused by debris.

This creates the risk that the coatings may pull out during unwind.| | the library. If you load an expired cleaning cartridge. inspect the cartridge for damage or debris. If debris appears on the cartridge. 112 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . If no cleaning cartridges are installed in the library. wipe the outside surfaces with a lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water. cleaning will not be completed. Damaged or dirty cartridges can reduce system reliability and cause the loss of recorded data. Attention: Insert only clean and undamaged cleaning cartridges into a tape system. the drive will eject the cartridge and post a status message to indicate that cleaning was not performed. wipe the outside surfaces with a lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water. If debris appears on the cartridge. Do not allow any liquid to contact the tape. Before you insert a cartridge into a drive or storage cell. Ensure that all cartridge surfaces are dry and that the leader pin is in place (see 1 in Figure 41 on page 113) before you load the cartridge. when more than 5000 mounts have occurred. or when the drive detects a degraded head or channel condition. Failure to clean a drive can result in buildup of debris on the read/write head and malfunction. The 3592 E05 Tape Drive takes approximately 4 minutes and 35 seconds to clean. For more information about different cleaning methods. | | | | | | | | | | | The cleaning of the tape path in the drive is an automatic procedure initiated by the drive when changes in drive performance generates a request for cleaning. or if the available cleaning cartridges have reached the maximum number of 50 uses. when more than 20 full file passes of data have been processed. Ensure that all cartridge surfaces are dry and that the leader pin is in place (see 1 in Figure 41 on page 113) before you load the cartridge. Before you insert a cartridge into a drive or storage slot. Damaged or dirty cartridges can reduce system reliability and cause the loss of recorded data. No visible water residue or droplets should be observable on the cartridge during or after the wiping effort. the 3592 J1A Tape Drive takes approximately 3 minutes and 30 seconds. see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide. inspect the cartridge for damage or debris. This cleaning cartridge may be used in both the 3592 J1A Tape Drive and the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. Attention: Do not allow any liquid to contact the tape itself. Special care should be made to never allow liquid water to enter the cartridge which can potentially wick into the layers of the tape and cause them to adhere to each other.

Automatic cleaning is only available if the appropriate cleaning cartridges are installed in the library and have remaining use. CLEAN*. with the word CLEANING printed on it. The physical characteristics of the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge distinguish it from the 3592 Data Cartridge. If you order cleaning cartridges with pre-attached labels. Cleaning cartridges need to be replaced after 50 uses. In place of the write-protect switch. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 113 .Figure 41. The product label on the top of the cartridge is white. The IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge contains a Cartridge Memory (CM) device that automatically keeps track of the number of times it has been used. Leader pin in proper position in the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge (the cartridge door is manually retracted) While the cleaning is in process. 1 2 Non-moveable light gray block Sample label for cleaning cartridge C L N 9 0 4 J A 1 Figure 42. the first three characters of the volume serial (VOLSER) number (2) are CLN. Characteristics that identify the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge 2 a14m0096 Chapter 5. there is a non-moveable light gray block (see 1 in Figure 42). The cartridge door (see 1 in Figure 43 on page 114) is also light gray. the 8-character message display on the drive shows the message.

1

Figure 43. Door of the 3592 Cleaning Cartridge

Before a drive can be cleaned, you must ensure that an IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge is loaded in the library (to determine whether one or more cleaning cartridges are loaded, see the section about removing or loading a cleaning cartridge in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). You can load multiple cleaning cartridges and store them in any cartridge storage slot except the slot that is reserved for the diagnostic cartridge (see the section about non-addressable storage slots in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). Related concepts “Drive Cleaning” on page 45 This section describes the methods of cleaning that the 3584 Tape Library uses for its drives. “Ordering 3592 Media Supplies” on page 123 This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies.

3592 Diagnostic Cartridge
This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the 3592 diagnostic cartridge. The 3592 diagnostic cartridge is a cartridge with verified media that is reserved for diagnostic purposes only. In the 3584 Tape Library, one storage slot is reserved in the first Model L22 or Model D22 frame for the 3592 diagnostic cartridge. The slot is located at Column 1, Row 1. During a service call, your IBM Service Representative uses the cartridge to ensure that the tape drives run correctly and to specification. The volume serial (VOLSER) number for the diagnostic cartridge is CE xxxJJ, where a space occurs after CE and xxx equals three numerals. Related concepts “Ordering 3592 Media Supplies” on page 123 This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies.

3592 Bar Code Label
This section describes the appearance and specifications of the 3592 bar code label. Each 3592 data, cleaning, and diagnostic cartridge that is processed by the 3584 Tape Library must bear a bar code label. The label contains: v A volume serial (VOLSER) number that you can read v A bar code that the library can read

114

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

a14m0107

When read by the library’s bar code reader, the bar code identifies the cartridge’s VOLSER to the tape library. The bar code also tells the library whether the cartridge is a data, Economy, write once read many (WORM), Economy WORM, cleaning, or diagnostic cartridge. In addition, the bar code gives the cartridge type (JA for data, JJ for Economy, JW for WORM, JR for Economy WORM, and CLNxxxJA for a cleaning cartridge). Figure 44 on page 116 shows a sample bar code label for the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. You can order tape cartridges with the labels included, or you can order custom labels. The labels have a peel-and-stick backing. The bar code must meet predefined specifications. The recommended specifications include (but are not limited to): v Eight uppercase alphanumeric characters, where the last two characters must be JA, JJ, JW, JW v Label and printing to be non-glossy v Nominal narrow line or space width of 0.500 mm (0.019 in.) v Wide to narrow ratio of 2.75:1 v Minimum bar length of 7.0 mm (0.27 in.) To determine the complete specifications of the bar code and the bar code label, visit the web at http://www.storage.ibm.com/media/tapecartridges/index.html. Under Media products, select 1/2" Tape Products. Under the Product details tab, select 3592 Tape Products. Under Related information, select Barcode Label Specification for use with 3592 Tape Media. Under Content, select the .pdf file to view the Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. You can also contact your IBM Sales Representative for this specification. When attaching a bar code label to a tape cartridge, place the label only in the recessed label area (see Figure 44 on page 116). A label that extends outside of the recessed area can cause loading problems in the drive or the library. Attention: Do not place any type of mark on the white space at either end of the bar code. A mark in this area may prevent the 3584 Tape Library from reading the label. By using the Tape Library Specialist web interface, you can configure the library so that it reports to the server all eight characters of the VOLSER on the bar code label or only the first six characters. Note: If you suspect that the library is having problems reading the bar code labels, you can slow the scanner speed as part of problem determination. You may choose to slow the scanner speed rather than replace all labels, or you may want to slow the scanner speed while you wait for an opportunity to re-label the media. Depending on the severity of the problem, the error recovery procedure (ERP) for poor labels may greatly exceed the time lost by slowing the scanner. If you have cartridge bar code labels that meet the LTO bar code label specification, there is no need to slow the scanner speed. For more information about bar code labels, see the appropriate section in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide.

Chapter 5. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media

115

*1PJ1H906JA

J

1

H

9

0

6

J

A

*J 11 P

IB ge ra to lS ta A To T M A
9 0 H

J

H

Figure 44. Sample bar code label on the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. The volume serial number (J1H906JA) and bar code are printed on the label.

Related concepts “Ordering 3592 Media Supplies” on page 123 This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. Related reference “Ordering 3592 Bar Code Labels” on page 125

Guidelines for Using 3592 Bar Code Labels
Apply the following guidelines whenever you use bar code labels: v Use only IBM-approved bar code labels. v Do not reuse a label or reapply a used label over an existing label. v Examine the label before you apply it to the cartridge. Do not use the label if it has voids or smears in the printed characters or bar code (an application’s inventory operation will take much longer if the bar code label is not readable). v Position the label within the recessed label area. v Verify that the label is smooth and parallel, and has no roll-up or roll-over. The label must be flat to within 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) over the length of the label and have no folds, missing pieces, or smudges. v Do not place other machine readable labels on other surfaces of the cartridge. They may interfere with the ability of the bar code reader to read the bar code. v Use peel-clean labels that do not leave a residue after they are removed. If there is glue residue on the cartridge, remove it by gently rubbing it with your finger; do not use a sharp object, water, or a chemical to clean the label area. v Before you apply a new label, remove the old label by slowly pulling it at a right angle to the cartridge case. v Remove the label from the label sheet carefully. Do not stretch the label or cause the edges to curl. v With light finger pressure, smooth the label so that no wrinkles or bubbles exist on its surface.

Setting the Write-Protect Switch on a 3592 Cartridge
This section gives instructions for setting the write-protect switch on a 3592 Tape Cartridge.

116

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

a69i0150

D

TM

En te rp ris e

1

6 9 J 0 A 6 J
R

p Ta e Ca rt rid

A

ge 35 92
r . o N 4 3 5 7 P 8 1

e rd o e

The position of the write-protect switch on the 3592 Tape Cartridge (see Figure 45) determines whether you can write to the tape. v To write data to or erase data from the cartridge, set the switch to (1). This exposes a square hole. v To prevent data from being overwritten or erased from the cartridge, set the switch to (2). This covers the hole.

Figure 45. Setting the write-protect switch on the 3592 Tape Cartridge

Handling 3592 Tape Cartridges
This section introduces ways to handle 3592 Tape Cartridges to avoid damage to the cartridge case and the tape.
Attention: Do not insert a damaged tape cartridge into your tape drive. A damaged cartridge can interfere with the reliability of a drive and may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. Before inserting a tape cartridge, inspect the cartridge case, cartridge door, and write-protect switch for breaks.

Incorrect handling or an inhospitable environment can damage the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge or its magnetic tape. To avoid damage to your tape cartridges and to ensure the continued high reliability of your 3584 Tape Library, use the following guidelines:

Provide Training for Using 3592 Tape Cartridges
v Post procedures that describe proper media handling in places where people gather. v Ensure that anyone who handles tape has been properly trained in handling and shipping procedures. This includes operators, users, programmers, archival services, and shipping personnel. v Ensure that any service or contract personnel who perform archiving are properly trained in media-handling procedures. v Include media-handling procedures as part of any services contract. v Define and make personnel aware of data recovery procedures.

Chapter 5. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media

117

v Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight. Such exposure can cause the loss of recorded data or make the blank cartridge unusable.Ensure Proper Packaging of 3592 Tape Cartridges v When you ship a cartridge. v Maintain the proper conditions for storing and shipping the cartridges. and other contaminants. Perform a Thorough Inspection of 3592 Tape Cartridges After purchasing a 3592 Tape Cartridge and before using it. v Never ship a cartridge in a commercial shipping envelope. Such containers can be procured from Perm-A-Store on the web at www. storage. v Ensure that labels are affixed in a manner that does not adversely affect drive operation. – Double-box the cartridge (place it inside a box. open only the cartridge door. separating them destroys the usefulness of the cartridge. v When inspecting a cartridge. video equipment. v Inspect the cartridge for damage before using or storing it. – Pack the cartridge snugly. moisture. | | | | | 118 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .com. terminals. v Ensure that all surfaces of a cartridge are dry before inserting it. motors. Labels must only be affixed in the recessed areas provided on the cartridge. ship it in its original or better packaging. then place that box inside the shipping box) and add padding between the two boxes. ensure the following: – Place the cartridge in polyethylene plastic wrap or bags to protect it from dust. v If you ship the cartridge in a cardboard box or a box of a sturdy material. v Use only shipping container that securely hold the cartridge in place during transportation.turtlecase. Always place it in a box or package. If you see condensation on the cartridge. Related concepts “Environmental and Shipping Specifications for 3592 Cartridges” on page 121 This section gives a table of the operating. v Ensure that no moisture or condensation exists on or in the cartridge shell or media. Provide Proper Acclimation and Environmental Conditions for 3592 Tape Cartridges v Before you use a cartridge. wait an additional hour. or fields that exist near high-current cables or power supplies). v Do not expose recorded or blank cartridges to stray magnetic fields of greater than 100 Oersteds (for example. The 3592 tape cartridges support racks and storage containers designed for 3590 tape cartridges. let it acclimate to the normal operating environment for a minimum of 24 hours. X-ray equipment. Do not open any other part of the cartridge case. The upper and lower parts of the case are welded and held together with screws. and shipping requirements for 3592 Tape Cartridges. perform the following steps: v Inspect the cartridge’s packaging to determine potential rough handling. v Check that the leader pin is properly positioned. do not allow it to move around.

Degaussing the tape erases the servo tracks and makes the tape unusable. Figure 46 on page 120 shows a leader pin in the incorrect (1) and correct (2) positions. To place the leader pin in its proper position. Handling the tape can damage the tape’s surface or edges. Related tasks “Repositioning a Leader Pin in a 3592 Cartridge” This section gives the procedure to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in a 3592 Tape Cartridge. you will need the following tools: v Plastic or blunt-end tweezers v Cartridge manual rewind tool (from the Leader Pin Reattachment Kit. v Do not handle tape that is outside the cartridge. part number 18P8887) Chapter 5. If the leader pin in your 3592 Tape Cartridge becomes dislodged from its pin-retaining spring clips. Repositioning a Leader Pin in a 3592 Cartridge This section gives the procedure to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in a 3592 Tape Cartridge. Continued use of a repaired cartridge may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. Related tasks “Repositioning a Leader Pin in a 3592 Cartridge” This section gives the procedure to use when you move a leader pin into its proper position in a 3592 Tape Cartridge. Pulling on tape that is outside the cartridge can damage the tape and the brake mechanism in the cartridge. copy any data onto a good cartridge immediately for possible data recovery. Attention: Use a repaired tape cartridge only to recover data and move it to another cartridge.v If you suspect that the cartridge has been mishandled but it appears usable. This physically overwrites the data on the tape without damaging the servo tracks. which may interfere with read or write reliability. An attached host can be used to run a Data Security Erase if the data on the tape needs to be physically erased. v Do not degauss a cartridge that you intend to reuse. If the cartridge drops. Handle the 3592 Tape Cartridge Carefully | v Do not drop the 3592 Tape Cartridge. v Avoid mechanical loads that would distort the cartridge’s shape. A leader pin that is improperly seated inside a cartridge can interfere with the operation of the drive. you must use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 18P8887) to reposition it. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 119 . v Do not stack more than six cartridges. Discard the mishandled cartridge. slide the cartridge door back and ensure that the leader pin is properly positioned.

1 2 Figure 46. 3. showing the leader pin out of position 5. insert the cartridge manual rewind tool (see 1 in Figure 48 on page 121) into the cartridge’s hub (2) and turn it clockwise until the tape becomes taut. To reposition the leader pin. Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in a 3592 Tape Cartridge. 120 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide a14m0111 a14m0106 . Press the leader pin gently into the clips until it snaps into place and is firmly seated. The cartridge door is open. The cartridge door is open and the leader pin is visible inside the cartridge. 1. perform the following steps. 2. 3 2 1 Figure 47. grasp the leader pin and position it in the pin-retaining spring clips (3). Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position. Close the cartridge door.. Slide open the cartridge door (see 1 in Figure 47) and locate the leader pin (2) (you may need to shake the cartridge gently to roll the pin toward the door). 4. To rewind the tape. With plastic or blunt-end tweezers.

The best storage container for the cartridges (until they are opened) is the original shipping container. moisture-proof bag to protect it from moisture. storing. and shipping IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges. acclimate it to the operating environment for 24 hours or the time necessary to prevent condensation in the drive (the time will vary. storing. Attention: Depending on how many drives you have installed in the frame.3 16 to 32°C (61 to 90°F) 20 to 80% Archival Storage2.1 2 Figure 48. and shipping the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Environmental Specifications Environmental Factor Temperature Operational Storage1. and physical damage. Ship the cartridge in a shipping container that has enough packing material to cushion the cartridge and prevent it from moving within the container.4 16 to 25°C (61 to 77°F) 20 to 50% Shipping -23 to 49°C (-9 to 120°F) 5 to 80% | Relative humidity (noncondensing) a14m0112 Chapter 5. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 121 . Environment for operating. Table 33 lists the environmental conditions for operating. To ensure continued reliability of your media. storage. be sure to take this temperature difference into account when you set up the environment around your library. Table 33. place it in a sealed. When you ship a cartridge. Environmental and Shipping Specifications for 3592 Cartridges This section gives a table of the operating. the temperature inside the frame may be as much as 5°C (9°F) above the temperature outside the frame. depending on the environmental extremes to which the cartridge was exposed). Before you use a tape cartridge. contaminants. Remove the rewind tool by pulling it away from the cartridge. Rewinding the tape into the cartridge 6. and shipping requirements for 3592 Tape Cartridges. The plastic wrapping prevents dirt from accumulating on the cartridges and partially protects them from humidity changes.

Operational storage equals less than 6 months. By monitoring error data. 2. 122 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . If your local. the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge is classified as non-hazardous waste. the tape wears after repeated cycles in the tape system. If a tape cartridge must be disposed of in a secure manner. Under the current rules of the U. As stated previously. Environment for operating. Cartridges shall be stored under these conditions for archiving. Track the error data available by monitoring both the cartridge and cartridge library performance. state. The 3592 Tape Cartridge provides high performance and reliability with IBM magnetic tape cartridge drives when the cartridge is properly handled and stored. The magnetic tape inside the cartridge is made of highly durable materials. Archival storage equals greater than 6 months. IBM recommends that you use a qualified service provider to degauss and destroy the media. These regulations are amended from time to time. Contact your account representative for information about the materials that are in the cartridge.). Cartridges shall be stored under these conditions if they will also be used in a drive during storage. repeated handling or inadvertent mishandling can damage the physical parts of the cartridge and make it unusable. and shipping the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge (continued) Wet bulb maximum temperature Magnetic field Note: 1. you can identify and replace cartridges that are no longer acceptable for continued use. ensure that the incineration complies with all applicable regulations. Eventually.Table 33.A. and you should review them at the time of disposal. you must review them before you dispose of a cartridge. However. storing. country (non-U. or regional regulations are more restrictive than EPA 40CFR261. Disposing of 3592 Cartridges This section describes how to dispose of 3592 Tape Cartridges according to federal and other regulations. it may be disposed of in the same way as normal office trash. such wear can cause an increase in tape errors.S. Cartridge Quality and Library Maintenance This section describes how to maintain 3592 Tape Cartridges and the 3584 Tape Library to ensure proper operation. Proper maintenance of the 3584 Tape Library helps to keep IBM magnetic tape cartridge systems operating in a reliable and efficient manner.S. 26°C (79°F) 26°C (79°F) 26°C (79°F) Stray magnetic field at any point on tape not to exceed 50 Oersteds. As such. If you burn the cartridge and tape. 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 4. regulation 40CFR261.

Media supplies can also be ordered by using part numbers through IBM-authorized distributors. and initialization options. You can order media supplies in different ways.or 500-GB Data cartridge for a 60.or 100-GB Fast Access capability. Related reference “Ordering Supplies for Repairs” on page 125 “Ordering 3592 Bar Code Labels” on page 125 Ordering 3592 Media Supplies by Using the 3599 Tape Media Method | | | | | | | | | If you order media by using the 3599 Tape Media method. Initialization. model numbers are used to identify the cartridge types. IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Media 3599 provides the ability to order unlabeled. Americas at 1-800-IBM-CALL (1-800-426-2255). labeling. You can also order cleaning cartridges. pre-labeled. Orders may be placed by calling IBM. and a segmented tape with 60 or 100 GB of fast access and additional capacity. Table 34 shows a few examples of ordering options for each cartridge type. and feature code combinations are used to specify the quantities.COM. Note that additional feature codes are required to completely specify all desired characteristics of the cartridges. and Quantity 1020 Individual Cartridge Capacity 500 GB 300 GB 500 GB 300 GB 500 GB 300 GB 60 GB 3599 Model Format Description | | | | | | 011 9081 9080 20-pack 3592 Data cartridges. This method is typically used for ordering larger quantities and for ordering initialized or pre-labeled cartridges. labeled. not initialized 20-pack 3592 Data cartridges. Descriptions of 3599 tape media features Media ID/ Feature Code JA/9030 Feature Code for Labeling. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 123 . and bulk-packaged data cartridges in a variety of combinations. labeled and initialized 012 JA/9030 2020 9081 9080 013 JA/9030 3020 9081 9080 E11 JJ/9050 1020 N/A (see Note) Chapter 5. initialized. The following data cartridges may be ordered by using the 3599 Tape Media method: v 300-GB or 500-GB Data cartridges v 60-GB or 100-GB Economy cartridges v 60-GB or 100-GB WORM cartridges v 300-GB or 500-GB WORM cartridges Segmentation and capacity scaling options are also available on the 300. Table 34. The 3599 Tape Media method is available for ordering all types of data and cleaning cartridges.Ordering 3592 Media Supplies This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges and other related media supplies. labeled and initialized 20-pack 3592 Data cartridges. not labeled or initialized 20-pack 3592 Economy cartridges. With the 3599 Tape Media method of ordering.

Table 35. labeled. 50 uses 022 JW/9040 2020 9081 9080 023 JW/9040 3020 9081 9080 E21 JR/9042 1020 9081 9080 E22 JR/9042 2020 9081 9080 E23 JR/9042 3020 9081 9080 017 JA 7005 N/A 017 JA 7006 N/A | Note: N/A = not applicable. labeled and initialized 5-pack 3592 Cleaning Cartridges without media identification labels E13 JJ/9050 3020 N/A 60 GB | | | | | | | | | | | | 021 JW/9040 1020 9081 9080 500 GB 300 GB 500 GB 300 GB 500 GB 300 GB 100 GB 60 GB 100 GB 60 GB 100 GB 60 GB cleaning. labeled and initialized 20-pack 3592 Economy WORM cartridges. not initialized 20-pack 3592 WORM cartridges. The different methods for ordering are listed at the bottom of the table. 50 uses cleaning.Table 34. labeled. Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part numbers Supply Item Capacity 500 GB or 300 GB 100 GB or 60 GB 500 GB or 300 GB Part Number 18P7534 24R0316 18P7538 | | | IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge . Ordering 3592 Media Supplies by Using Part Numbers Table 35 lists the data cartridges and media supplies that you can order for the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drives by using part numbers. Initialization. not initialized 20-pack 3592 Economy cartridges. Descriptions of 3599 tape media features (continued) Media ID/ Feature Code JJ/9050 Feature Code for Labeling. labeled. and Quantity 2020 Individual Cartridge Capacity 60 GB 3599 Model Format Description E12 N/A 20-pack 3592 Economy cartridges. not labeled or initialized 20-pack 3592 WORM cartridges. not labeled or initialized 5-pack 3592 Cleaning Cartridges. not initialized 20-pack 3592 Economy WORM cartridges.Data IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Economy IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge WORM 124 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . not labeled or initialized 20-pack 3592 Economy WORM cartridges. labeled and initialized 20-pack 3592 WORM cartridges.

Ordering 3592 Bar Code Labels Bar code labels with volume serial (VOLSER) numbers are required for 3592 Tape Cartridges that are used within a library. order the cartridges from any authorized IBM Business Partner or your IBM Sales Representative v Call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA Note: Be sure to order bar code labels for all cleaning and data cartridges. and is not an endorsement or recommendation of such providers. You can order these labels separately from the IBM data cartridges and cleaning cartridges. It includes the rewind tool. visit the web at http://www.ibm. You can order bar code labels directly from the authorized label suppliers in Table 36 on page 126. This information is provided for the convenience of 3584 Tape Library users only. Attention: The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library is designed to work with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. This information is applicable to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies. To order the kit. Ordering Supplies for Repairs We recommend that you keep the Leader Pin Reattachment Kit to maintain your cartridges. v Order by part number through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor. Chapter 5. 50 uses Part Number 24R0317 18P7535 | IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Economy WORM IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge Cleaning Methods of Ordering Use any of the three methods below to order media supplies by part number.com/storage/media) v If you do not have Internet access. The following label providers have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code labels that meet the foregoing specifications and requirements. This kit contains the necessary tools to reattach the leader pin to the tape. IBM is not responsible for the quality of bar code labels procured from sources other than IBM. call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA to order as IBM part number 18P8887. Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part numbers (continued) Supply Item Capacity 100 GB or 60 GB Cleaning.Table 35. IBM has not reviewed the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by such companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing equipment. which can be used to add tension to a tape if the leader pin is displaced. Using 3592 Tape Drive Media 125 . Order volume serial (VOLSER) labels separately.

com/ EDP/Colorflex 2550 West Midway Boulevard Broomfield. 43 Redhills Road South Woodham Ferrers Chelmsford. S.Table 36. Ltd.netclabels.com/ 126 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .com/ In Europe and Asia Dataware Labels Europe Heubergstrasse 9 D-83052 Bruckmuhl-Gotting Germany Telephone: 49 806-29455 http://www.htm NetC Europe Ltd Town Farm Bungalow North Curry Taunton Somerset U. Telephone: 203-372-6382 http://www.com/media_labelling. K.tri-optic.edpeurope. TX 77081 U. A.netcllc. K.au NetC1 P. CT 06432 U. Essex CM3 5UL U. TA3 6LX Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439 http://www. Box 320784 Fairfield. CO 80020-1633 U. Telephone: 800-426-4844 http://www. Telephone: 44 (0) 1245-322380 http://www. S. A. O. A. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels for 3592 Tape Cartridges In the Americas Dataware 7570 Renwick Houston. S.com.netclabels.uk NetC Asia Pacific Pty Ltd Locked Bag 14 Kenthurst NSW Australia 2156 Telephone: 61 (0) 2 9654 8272 http://www.datawarelabels.com/ EDP Europe. Telephone: 800-432-1337 or 303-666-2160 http://www.co.datawarelabels.

Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel Interface
This section introduces the use of the Fibre Channel interface with the 3584 Tape Library. The IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library uses a Fibre Channel interface (port) to communicate with servers. Your IBM Service Representative must perform setup and Fibre Channel configuration of the library. The related information is for reference only.

Overview of Fibre Channel Interface
This section gives a basic description of the Fibre Channel interface that is used by the 3584 Tape Library.
Attention: A Class I laser assembly, in the optical transceiver, is mounted on the Fibre Channel drive’s electronics card. This laser assembly is registered with the Department of Health and Human Services and is in compliance with IEC825.

To communicate with a server, the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library uses a Fibre Channel interface (also called a port). In accordance with the standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the port runs Fibre Channel Protocol (which includes SCSI commands on the Fibre Channel) with ANSI-defined Fibre Channel Tape Support. The method by which the drive and server communicate is determined by the type of topology in which they reside and the type of connection that you choose.

Physical Characteristics of the Fibre Channel Interface
This section describes the ports and protocol used by the Fibre Channel interface for the 3584 Tape Library. Each Ultrium Tape Drive in a 3584 Tape Library contains one Fibre Channel interface (called a port). Each 3592 Tape Drive contains two ports. A Fibre Channel port runs SCSI protocol with Fibre Channel tape support. | | | | | | | | | | | Connections for the host server interface’s fiber cables are at the rear of the canisters that contain the Ultrium Tape Drives and the 3592 Tape Drives, and are as follows: v The canister for the 3592 E05 Tape Drive has two independent LC Duplex FC-4 (short wave optical) fiber connections. v The canister for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive has two LC Duplex FC-2 fiber connections. v The canisters for the Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives have one LC Duplex FC-2 fiber connection. v The canister for the Ultrium 1 Tape Drive has one SC Duplex FC-1 fiber connection.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004, 2005

127

Cables and Speeds of Fibre Channel Drives
This section defines the types of cables that are used by Fibre Channel drives in the 3584 Tape Library. It also gives the speeds for varying lengths of cables. The Fibre Channel drives in the 3584 Tape Library use the following cables: v 3592 E05 Tape Drives use LC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at speeds of 4 Gb, 2 Gb, and 1 Gb v Ultrium 3, Ultrium 2, and 3592 J1A Tape Drives use LC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at speeds of 2 Gb and 1 Gb v Ultrium 1 Tape Drives use SC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at speeds of 1 Gb The library can be used in a 62.5-micron-cable Storage Area Network (SAN). However, the cable that connects the library to the SAN must be a 50-micron cable because the library uses 50-micron cables internally. The maximum distances that the 3584 Tape Library supports on a Fibre Channel link is determined by the link speed, the type of fiber (50 or 62.5 micron), and the device to which the library is attached. | | | | | | | If your library attaches to a host bus adapter (HBA), refer to the documentation for the HBA for the supported cable distances. When you attach to a port in the library, because 50-micron cables are used internally, you must use a 50-micron cable. Typical supported distances are: v 4-Gb link speed = up to 150 m (492 ft) v 2-Gb link speed = up to 300 m (984 ft) v 1-Gb link speed = up to 500 m (1640 ft) In a Storage Area Network (SAN), the typical distances are: v For a 50-micron cable: – 4-Gb link speed = up to 150 m (492 ft) – 2-Gb link speed = up to 300 m (984 ft) – 1-Gb link speed = up to 500 m (1640 ft) v For a 62.5-micron cable: – 4-Gb link speed = up to 70 m (230) ft) – 2-Gb link speed = up to 150 m (492 ft) – 1-Gb link speed = up to 175 m (574 ft) Refer to your switch vendor to determine what is supported for the switches in your SAN. The cable connections between each drive and each server are housed in a patch panel that is located at the rear of the base frame or at the rear of any expansion frame that contains drives.

| | | | | |

|

|

Topologies Supported by the 3584 Tape Library
This section discusses the ways that the Fibre Channel drives in the 3584 Tape Library connect to other Fibre Channel end points.

128

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Fibre Channel devices (such as the 3584 Tape Library and a server) are known as nodes and have at least one port through which to receive and send data. The collection of components that connect two or more nodes is called a topology. Fibre Channel systems consist solely of two components: nodes with ports and topologies. Each port uses a pair of fibers: one fiber carries data into the port, and the other carries data out of the port. The fibers in the channel are optical strands. The fiber pair is called a link and is part of the topology. Data is transmitted over the links in units known as frames. A frame contains an address identifier that gives the fabric and node for which the frame is destined. The 3584 Tape Library can be attached in a two-node configuration, either directly to a switch as a public device (switched fabric) or directly to a host bus adapter (HBA) as a private device. Depending on whether it has been attached through an Ultrium 1 Tape Drive (as an L_port), attached through an Ultrium 3, Ultrium 2, 3592 E05 Tape Drive, or 3592 J1A Tape Drive (as any supported topology), or configured by using vital product data (VPD) settings, the library automatically configures to an L_port or an N_port when it boots. The type of connection also depends on whether the drive recognizes the connection as a loop or a point-to-point connection: v An L_port supports a Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop connection to an NL_port or FL_port. v An N_port supports direct connection to an F_port (for example, a director-class switch) in a point-to-point topology. Regardless of the port to which you connect the drive, it automatically configures to a public device (through an F_port or FL_port to a switch) or to a private device (through an L_port by using direct attachment to a server). The 3584 Tape Library supports two topologies: two-node switched fabric and two-node direct connection. Table 37 lists the topologies in which the library can operate, the Fibre Channel server connections that are available, and the port (NL, N, FL, or F) through which communication must occur. The sections that follow describe each topology.
Table 37. Choosing the port and topology through which your Fibre Channel connection can be made Type of Topology Type of Fibre Channel Connection to Server Direct Connection (Private) Ultrium 2 Point-to-Point (two nodes) N_Port (not supported) Ultrium 1 and 2 Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop (can be Two-Node Arbitrated Loop or Two-Node Switched Fabric Loop; is limited to two nodes) L_Port FL_Port F_Port Switched Fabric (Public)

| |

Two-Node Switched Fabric Topology
Two or more Fibre Channel end points can interconnect through a device called a switch. The Fibre Channel architecture supports up to 256 ports through each switch.

Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel Interface

129

A switched fabric allows all of its ports to simultaneously use the Fibre Channel’s full architectural bandwidth. To determine the switches to which you can directly attach the 3584 Tape Library, visit the web at: http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/san/index.html Switches include a function called zoning. This function allows you to partition the switch’s ports and share access to a drive. For more information about sharing access, see “Sharing on a Storage Area Network” on page 136). The two-node switched fabric topology supports two protocols: v Use the two-node switched fabric loop protocol when attaching the library to an FL_port. This protocol is supported when you attach the library through the Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2, Ultrium 3, or 3592 Tape Drives. v Use the two-node switched fabric point-to-point protocol when attaching the library to an F_port. This protocol is supported when you attach the library through the Ultrium 2, Ultrium 3, or 3592 Tape Drives.

Two-Node Direct Connection Topology
A two-node direct connection occurs when two Fibre Channel end points are connected together. The difference is in the protocol. Either Arbitrated Loop or Point-to-Point protocol is usable, but both end points must use the same protocol. Most Fibre Channel adapters have settings that allow selection of the protocol or they default to the loop protocol when they are not directly connected to a fabric. Use the Arbitrated Loop (L_port) protocol in a two-node direct connection. This protocol is supported when you attach the 3584 Tape Library through the Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2, Ultrium 3, or 3592 Tape Drives. Use of the Point-to-Point protocol in a two-node direct connection in the library to an N_port is not supported.

Fibre Channel Addressing
This section defines and lists the default Loop ID and Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) for each Ultrium Tape Drive and 3592 Tape Drive that communicates in a Fibre Channel topology. Each Ultrium Tape Drive and 3592 Tape Drive in a 3584 Tape Library must have a Loop ID and corresponding Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) to communicate in a Fibre Channel topology. Table 38 on page 131 lists the default Loop IDs and AL_PAs for each drive in the library. The AL_PAs defined here are used when connecting to other devices in Arbitrated Loop topology only. When connected in a switched fabric point-to-point topology, the AL_PA is assigned by the fabric and these AL_PAs are not used. Note: In Table 38 on page 131, the values for Port 2 do not apply to tape drives that have a single port.

130

3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide

Table 38. 11 Loop ID AL_PA Frames 6. for drives with dual ports. use the values for Port 1. Using the Fibre Channel Interface 131 . 15 Drive Loop ID AL_PA Loop ID AL_PA Loop ID AL_PA Frames 4. Frames 1. 7. Default Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for drives with single or dual ports. 10. 8. For drives with single ports. 13 Frames 2. 9. 12 Loop ID AL_PA Row 1 Port 1 Port 2 Row 2 Port 1 Port 2 Row 3 Port 1 Port 2 Row 4 Port 1 Port 2 Row 5 Port 1 Port 2 Row 6 Port 1 Port 2 Row 7 Port 1 Port 2 Row 8 Port 1 Port 2 Row 9 Port 1 Port 2 Row 10 Port 1 Port 2 Row 11 Port 1 Port 2 Row 12 Port 1 Port 2 28 92 X’B6’ X’43’ 44 108 X’9F’ X’27’ 60 124 X’76’ X’00’ 76 12 X’5C’ X’D3’ 92 28 X’46’ X’B6’ 108 44 X’2A’ X’9F’ 27 91 X’B9’ X’45’ 43 107 X’A3’ X’29’ 59 123 X’79’ X’01’ 75 11 X’63’ X’D4’ 91 27 X’47’ X’B9’ 107 43 X’2B’ X’A3’ 26 90 X’BA’ X’46’ 42 106 X’A5’ X’2A’ 58 122 X’7A’ X’02’ 74 10 X’65’ X’D5’ 90 26 X’49’ X’BA’ 106 42 X’2C’ X’A5’ 25 89 X’BC’ X’47’ 41 105 X’A6’ X’2B’ 57 121 X’7C’ X’04’ 73 9 X’66’ X’D6’ 89 25 X’4A’ X’BC’ 105 41 X’2D’ X’A6’ 24 88 X’C3’ X’49’ 40 104 X’A7’ X’2C’ 56 120 X’80’ X’08’ 72 8 X’67’ X’D9’ 88 24 X’4B’ X’C3’ 104 40 X’2E’ X’A7’ 23 87 X’C5’ X’4A’ 39 103 X’A9’ X’2D’ 55 119 X’81’ X’0F’ 71 7 X’69’ X’DA’ 87 23 X’4C’ X’C5’ 103 39 X’31’ X’A9’ 22 86 X’C6’ X’4B’ 38 102 X’AA’ X’2E’ 54 118 X’82’ X’10’ 70 6 X’6A’ X’DC’ 86 22 X’4D’ X’C6’ 102 38 X’32’ X’AA’ 21 85 X’C7’ X’4C’ 37 101 X’AB’ X’31’ 53 117 X’84’ X’17’ 69 5 X’6B’ X’E0’ 85 21 X’4E’ X’C7’ 101 37 X’33’ X’AB’ 20 84 X’C9’ X’4D’ 36 100 X’AC’ X’32’ 52 116 X’88’ X’18’ 68 4 X’6C’ X’E1’ 84 20 X’51’ X’C9’ 100 36 X’34’ X’AC’ 19 83 X’CA’ X’4E’ 35 99 X’AD’ X’33’ 51 115 X’8F’ X’1B’ 67 3 X’6D’ X’E2’ 83 19 X’52’ X’CA’ 99 35 X’35’ X’AD’ 18 82 X’CB’ X’51’ 34 98 X’AE’ X’34’ 50 114 X’90’ X’1D’ 66 2 X’6E’ X’E4’ 82 18 X’53’ X’CB’ 98 34 X’36’ X’AE’ 17 81 X’CC’ X’52’ 33 97 X’B1’ X’35’ 49 113 X’97’ X’1E’ 65 1 X’71’ X’E8’ 81 17 X’54’ X’CC’ 97 33 X’39’ X’B1’ Note: Loop IDs are given in decimal format and AL_PA values are given in hexadecimal format. 16 Loop ID AL_PA Frames 5. 14 Frames 3. Chapter 6. use Ports 1 and 2.

This method avoids conflicts over the address and is called soft addressing. You can also specify Loop IDs that allow the drive to dynamically arbitrate the AL_PA with other Fibre Channel devices on the loop. Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for Ultrium Tape Drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’EF’ X’E8’ X’E4’ X’E2’ X’E1’ X’E0’ X’DC’ X’DA’ X’D9’ X’D6’ X’D5’ X’D4’ X’D3’ X’D2’ X’D1’ X’CE’ X’CD’ X’CC’ X’CB’ X’CA’ X’C9’ X’C7’ X’C6’ X’C5’ X’C3’ X’BC’ 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’A3’ X’9F’ X’9E’ X’9D’ X’9B’ X’98’ X’97’ X’90’ X’8F’ X’88’ X’84’ X’82’ X’81’ X’80’ X’7C’ X’7A’ X’79’ X’76’ X’75’ X’74’ X’73’ X’72’ X’71’ X’6E’ X’6D’ X’6C’ 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’4D’ X’4C’ X’4B’ X’4A’ X’49’ X’47’ X’46’ X’45’ X’43’ X’3C’ X’3A’ X’39’ X’36’ X’35’ X’34’ X’33’ X’32’ X’31’ X’2E’ X’2D’ X’2C’ X’2B’ X’2A’ X’29’ X’27’ X’26’ 132 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . For a complete list of Loop IDs and their corresponding AL_PAs.You can change a Loop ID by using the library’s operator panel or Tape Library Specialist web interface (see the section about changing the Loop ID in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). Valid Loop ID values range between 0 and 125. see Table 39. the higher the priority of the device in the loop. specify a Loop ID of 126 or 127. To dynamically arbitrate the AL_PA. Using a method called hard addressing. the drive then automatically selects the corresponding AL_PA. which is the identifier that devices use to communicate. Table 39. The higher the number of the Loop ID (which relates to AL_PA).

see the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library SCSI Reference. The WWN does not change when the drive is swapped or replaced. and host parameters do not need to be changed or reconfigured. Using the Fibre Channel Interface 133 . see the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Tape Drive SCSI Reference or IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape System 3592 SCSI Reference. and the LUN for the Medium Changer device (the SCSI term for the library) is always LUN 1 (all other LUNs are invalid addresses). You can enable additional drives to optionally provide Medium Changer (LUN 1) addressing by configuring more than one logical library or by enabling additional control paths (see the sections about configuring the library with partitions or changing a control path in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Operator Guide). Note: The Medium Changer SCSI ID is the same as the SCSI ID for Drive 1. Using World Wide Names This section discusses the World Wide Name (WWN) addresses that the 3584 Tape Library assigns to drives. For information about the SCSI commands for the library. The logical unit number (LUN) for the Sequential Access device (the SCSI term for a drive) is always LUN 0.Table 39. These devices are compatible with the SCSI-2 or SCSI-3 standard. For information about the SCSI commands for the tape drives. Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for Ultrium Tape Drives in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library (continued) 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’BA’ X’B9’ X’B6’ X’B5’ X’B4’ X’B3’ X’B2’ X’B1’ X’AE’ X’AD’ X’AC’ X’AB’ X’AA’ X’A9’ X’A7’ X’A6’ X’A5’ 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’6B’ X’6A’ X’69’ X’67’ X’66’ X’65’ X’63’ X’5C’ X’5A’ X’59’ X’56’ X’55’ X’54’ X’53’ X’52’ X’51’ X’4E’ 7-bit Loop ID (decimal) 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 –– 8-bit AL_PA (hexadecimal) X’25’ X’23’ X’1F’ X’1E’ X’1D’ X’1B’ X’18’ X’17’ X’10’ X’0F’ X’08’ X’04’ X’02’ X’01’ X’00’ –– –– LUN Assignments This section defines the logical unit number (LUN) for a Sequential Access device (drive) and the Medium Changer device (library). Frame 1. Chapter 6.

Also. and are built into devices during manufacture. the new drive assumes the WWNN of the old drive because the WWNN for the drive is location-dependent within the library. It is possible for these SCSI assignments to change between boots. The WWN of the drive is location-dependent and not device-dependent. blocks of World Wide Name (WWN) addresses are assigned to manufacturers by the IEEE Standards Committee. Only the last two digits change within the library. the library assigns World Wide Node Names and World Wide Port Names to the drives. After a configuration has been set. That is. That is. In the case of the 3584 Tape Library. host parameters do not need to be changed or reconfigured. the library reestablishes the WWN so that a drive in frame x. even if the drive is replaced. persistent binding causes a tape drive’s World Wide Name to be bound to a specific SCSI target ID. For example. some software depends on this association. Some operating systems do not guarantee that devices will always be allocated the same SCSI target ID after rebooting. Two types of zoning exist: hardware zoning and software zoning. each time that the drive is reset or powered on.Normally. it survives reboots and any hardware configuration changes because the information is preserved. Also. The library’s configuration can also easily survive a reboot. Zoning allows you to partition your SAN into logical groupings of devices so that each group is isolated from the other and can only access the devices in its own group. some performance configurations and Storage Area Network (SAN) configurations can result in a device being seen multiple times from the same server. While zoning can be reconfigured without causing an outage. there will be two special files for one physical device. The design of a WWN is such that if a drive needs service or replacement. The advantage of the library’s WWNN implementation is 134 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Persistent binding is a host bus adapter (HBA) function that allows a subset of discovered targets to be bound between a server and device. Software zoning is defined with the World Wide Node Name (WWNN) or World Wide Port Name (WWPN). This technique is referred to as “library-centric world wide names. Because the WWNN does not change. so you do not want it to change.” Potential drive slots are each assigned a WWN which does not change when a drive is swapped or replaced. some zoning configurations can become complicated. Hardware zoning is based on physical fabric port number. If a drive needs to be replaced. the drive will be detected and appear as two logical devices. Using Zoning to Isolate Devices and Enhance Security For security reasons. The following sections describe methods that involve World Wide Names in resolving these issues. The issue of SCSI ID assignment is addressed by persistent binding. however. a WWN for a drive is implemented through an algorithm that uses the frame serial number of the library and the drive’s position within the library. it is important to limit the devices that a server or servers can recognize or access. Implemented by a World Wide Node Name (WWNN) or World Wide Port Name (WWPN). Zoning can address these issues. row y always keeps the same WWN. The second-to-the-last digit represents the frame number (starting at 0 for Frame 1) and the last digit is the drive row (starting at 1). In the 3584 Tape Library. Using Persistent Binding to Ensure SCSI ID Assignment When a server is booted. devices are discovered and assigned SCSI target and LUN IDs. if you have two host bus adapters (HBAs) from the same server connected to a tape drive in the 3584 Tape Library. persistent binding does not need to be changed which would cause an outage.

These attachments can change throughout the product’s life cycle. To determine the latest attachments.that you can avoid the exposure of introducing zoning errors because you do not have to change the zoning configuration if a drive needs service or replacement. connection through an L_ port to a device. Using the Fibre Channel Interface 135 . the adapter supports: – Up to 16 devices. and adapters. hub or switch – Does not support fabric v For V5R2. select 3584 Tape Library supported servers and operating systems or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for LTO. connection through an N_port to an F_port The iSeries Fibre Channel adapter does not support D-mode Alternate IPL. visit the following web sites or contact your IBM Sales Representative. The Alternate Installation function is used to restore a system from a Fibre Chapter 6. and servers for Ultrium Tape Drives. v For a list of compatible software. Under Compatibility information. operating systems.ibm. select 3592 Tape Drive supported servers or Independent Software Vendor Matrix (ISV) for 3592 Tape Drive. and servers for 3592 Tape Drives. Under Compatibility information. Under 3584 Tape Library.ibm. Under 3592 Tape Drive.com/storage/lto. including multiple targets and multiple LUNs (each LUN on each target counts as a device) – 2-Gb/s connection (but will negotiate down to 1 Gb/s if necessary) – For a Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop topology. connection through an L_ port to a device. The adapter automatically detects the connection type and device addressing. select Product details. Connecting the 3584 Tape Library to the iSeries Server This section gives information that is necessary for connecting the 3584 Tape Library to the iSeries server (mainframe host). v For a list of compatible software. Select LTO compatibility.com/servers/storage/tape/drives. Select Resource library. visit the web at http://www. select Product details. operating systems. Connectors and Adapters for the 3584 Tape Library This section provides web sites that give information about the latest connectors and adapters for the 3584 Tape Library. The OS/400 operating system supports a maximum of: v 96 tape drives per logical library v 32 tape drives per library device description v 16 devices per tape adapter (a device is a media changer or tape drive) The iSeries does not require or allow you to set the Fibre Channel adapter settings. the adapter supports: – A single target with multiple LUNs – 1-Gb/s connection – For a Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop topology. visit the web at http://www. The 3584 Tape Library is supported by a wide variety of servers (mainframe hosts). operating systems. hub or switch – For a point-to-point topology. OS/400 support is as follows: v For V5R1.

use zoning to prevent the systems from sharing the same drive. see The LTO Ultrium Primer for IBM eServer iSeries Customers available on www. Sharing on a Storage Area Network This section gives guidelines for sharing drives with software and systems. With Alternate Installation support. For systems that do not cooperate.redbooks. the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) allows for changes in the logical library and drive configurations without taking the library off-line. If your software does not support sharing.Channel-attached device. With Storage Area Network (SAN) components. When enabled in the 3584 Tape Library. The code on the CD is only used to get the restore from tape started. the system is loaded from a compact disc (CD) and directed to the Fibre Channel-attached device for a restore from the tape that contains the saved data. You can remove zoned partitions as you upgrade software and system levels.com. These changes are not transparent to iSeries and OS/400 servers that are attached to any logical libraries which have changed. Any time that changes are made to the logical library or device configuration. Not all software and systems are designed to share drives.ibm.redbooks. check that the systems and their software support sharing.comhttp://www. note that Fibre Channel switches have a zoning capability to form a SAN partition. All code and program temporary fixes (PTFs) are restored from the tape that contains the saved data. the possibilities for connecting multiple systems and multiple drives have increased. you must reset the associated adapter or perform an initial program load (IPL) of the associated system to reconfigure the changes. 136 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . For additional information.ibm. Before you install a drive that would allow two systems to share it.

N/A = not applicable. 2004. depending on whether the Capacity On Demand or Capacity Expansion Features are installed. Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Frames This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. and storage slots for L52 and D52 frames. 2005 137 . The quantity depends on the type of Capacity On Demand feature installed. It also gives the quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots. I/O slots. then the first D frame of a mixed media library will have one less storage slot to accommodate a diagnostic cartridge. and the quantity of drives in a frame. Table 40.Chapter 7. If the L frame is not an L22. Quantity of storage slots in Model L22 and D22 frames. and storage slots for L22 and D22 frames. “Capacity of Model L52 and D52 Frames” on page 138 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. Related reference “Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames” This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used. I/O slots. Frame Capacity This section introduces the quantity of LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges and 3592 Tape Cartridges that the 3584 Tape Library supports. It also gives the quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots. and a specified quantity of drives are installed. © Copyright IBM Corp. Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. 2. Type of Frame L22 L22 L22 L22 L22 L22 L22 L22 D22 1 Type of Capacity On Demand Feature Entry Intermediate Full Full Full Full Full Full N/A 2 Quantity of Drives 0 to 12 0 to 12 0 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 0 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 0 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 Quantity of I/O Slots 16 16 16 16 16 32 32 32 N/A N/A N/A N/A Quantity of Storage Slots 58 117 260 248 237 222 210 199 400 383 371 360 D22 D22 D22 Note: N/A N/A N/A 1. the upper and lower I/O stations are used.

The quantity depends on whether the Capacity Expansion feature is installed. Table 42.Table 41. 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 N/A N/A N/A 423 409 396 423 409 396 Quantity of Slots with Capacity Expansion Feature and 10 I/O Slots 281 253 227 N/A Type of Frame L32 L32 L32 D32 Quantity of Drives 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 0 Related reference “Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. Type of Frame L52 L52 L52 L52 L52 L52 L52 L52 D52 1 Type of Capacity On Demand Feature Entry Intermediate Full Full Full Full Full Full N/A N/A N/A N/A Quantity of Drives 0 to 12 0 to 12 0 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 0 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 0 1 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 12 Quantity of I/O Slots 16 16 16 16 16 32 32 32 N/A 2 Quantity of Storage Slots 64 129 287 273 261 245 231 219 440 422 408 396 D52 D52 D52 N/A N/A N/A 138 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . and storage slots for L52 and D52 frames. and storage slots for L22 and D22 frames. and the quantity of drives in a frame. Quantity of storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames. The quantity depends on the type of Capacity On Demand Expansion feature installed. I/O slots. Quantity of storage slots in Model L52 and D52 frames. Quantity of Slots in Frame (without Capacity Expansion Feature) 141 113 87 440 Quantity of Slots with Capacity Expansion Feature and 26 or 30 I/O Slots 229 201 175 N/A (see Note) D32 D32 D32 Note: N/A = not applicable. “Capacity of Model L52 and D52 Frames” This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. I/O slots. I/O slots. whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used. whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used. and storage slots for L52 and D52 frames. Capacity of Model L52 and D52 Frames This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. and the quantity of drives in a frame.

If the L frame is not an L32 or L52. “Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. I/O slots. Quantity of storage slots in Model L52 and D52 frames (continued). and the quantity of drives in a frame. Chapter 7. The quantity depends on the type of Capacity On Demand Expansion feature installed. and storage slots for L22 and D22 frames. It also gives the quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots. then the first D frame of a mixed media library will have one less storage slot to accommodate a diagnostic cartridge. Type of Capacity On Demand Feature Quantity of Drives Quantity of I/O Slots Quantity of Storage Slots Related reference “Capacity of Model L22 and D22 Frames” on page 137 This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of drives. whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used. Frame Capacity 139 . 2. N/A = not applicable.Table 42. Type of Frame Note: 1.

140 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

Nothing in this Statement of Warranty affects any statutory rights of consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract. Machine: IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library and IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A Warranty Period*: 1 year *Contact your place of purchase for warranty service information. fixed period commencing on its Date of Installation. under the type of service designated for the Machine and will manage and install engineering changes that apply to the Machine. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. If a Machine does not function as warranted during the warranty period. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. the following warranties apply only in the country or region where you acquire the Machine. if approved by IBM to provide warranty service. or failure caused by a product for which IBM is not responsible. installed subsequently or otherwise. upgrades. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. The term “Machine” means an IBM machine. conversions. If you have any questions. and not for resale. The warranty is voided by removal or alteration by Machine or parts identification labels. accident. whether pre-loaded with the Machine. Some IBM Machines are eligible for On-site warranty service. unless IBM or your reseller informs you otherwise. The warranty period for a Machine is a specified. The replacement may not be new. from IBM or your reseller. IBM warrants that each Machine 1) is free from defects in materials and workmanship and 2) conforms to IBM’s Official Published Specifications (“Specifications”). or any combination of them. contact IBM or your reseller. improper maintenance by you. without charge. The date on your sales receipt is the Date of Installation. Extent of Warranty The warranty does not cover the repair or exchange of a Machine resulting from misuse. its features. INCLUDING. The term “Machine” does not include any software programs. THESE WARRANTIES ARE YOUR EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND REPLACE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS. modification. unsuitable physical or operating environment. or accessories. THESE WARRANTIES GIVE YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION.Appendix A. depending on the country or region where service is performed. you may return it to your place of purchase and your money will be refunded. 2004. Unless IBM specifies otherwise. will provide repair and exchange service for the Machine. but will be in good working order. and IBM or your reseller is unable to either 1) make it do so or 2) replace it with one that is at least functionally equivalent. BUT NOT LIMITED TO. During the warranty period IBM or your reseller. 2005 141 . elements. SO THE ABOVE © Copyright IBM Corp. Statement of Limited Warranty The warranties provided by IBM in this Statement of Limited Warranty apply only to Machines you purchase for your use.

conversion. the designated. IN THAT EVENT. In Canada. to keep Machines in. you agree to remove all features. IBM or your reseller will inform you of the available types of service for a Machine based on its country or region of installation. and service request procedures that IBM or your reseller provides. Many features. and 3. follow the problem determination. Unless specified otherwise. 2. NO WARRANTIES APPLY AFTER THAT PERIOD. or upgrade. b. c. and funds contained in a Machine. Before IBM or your reseller exchanges a Machine or part. problem analysis. alterations. call IBM at 1-800-465-6666. such as assistance via telephone with “how-to” questions and those regarding Machine setup and installation. or upgrade IBM or your reseller services must be installed on a Machine which is 1) for certain Machines.EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. before service is provided a. conversions. call IBM at 1-800-IBM-SERV (426-7378). or restore them to. or upgrades involve the removal of parts and their return to IBM. the item IBM or your reseller replaces becomes its property and the replacement becomes yours. To obtain warranty service for the Machine. Any technical or other support provided for a Machine under warranty. You also agree to: 1. IBM may repair the failing Machine or exchange it at its discretion. serial-numbered Machine and 2) at an engineering-change level compatible with the feature. SUCH WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE WARRANTY PERIOD. but will be in good working order and at least functionally equivalent to the item replaced. and d. options. contact your reseller or IBM. Items Not Covered by Warranty IBM does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of a Machine. either at your location or at a service center. Any feature. inform IBM or your reseller of changes in a Machine’s location. parts. A part that replaces a removed part will assume the warranty service status of the removed part. data. secure all programs. conversion. obtain authorization from the owner to have IBM or your reseller service a Machine that you do not own. You represent that all removed items are genuine and unaltered. where applicable. In the United States. The replacement assumes the warranty service status of the replaced item. IBM or your reseller provides certain types of repair and exchange service. will be provided WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND. You may be required to present proof of purchase. 142 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . and attachments not under warranty service. ensure that the Machine is free of any legal obligations or restrictions that prevent its exchange. The replacement may not be new. When warranty service involves the exchange of a Machine or part. free. provide IBM or your reseller with sufficient. and safe access to your facilities to permit them to fulfill their obligations. conformance with their Specifications. IBM provides non-IBM machines WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND.

It is the maximum for which IBM. SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. OR 3) SPECIAL. EVEN IF IBM. 2) LOSS OF. Limitation of Liability Circumstances may arise where. IBM is liable for no more than 1. its suppliers. up to the greater of US $100. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Appendix A. the Machine may not be new and may have been previously installed. or damage to. YOUR RECORDS OR DATA. proprietary. In some cases. and your reseller are collectively responsible. Warranty 143 . the amount of any other actual direct damages. This limit also applies to IBM’s supplier and your reseller. OR DAMAGE TO. or new and used parts. misrepresentation. or other contract or tort claim). In each such instance.IBM is responsible for loss of. INCIDENTAL. damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property. Regardless of the Machine’s production status.000 (or equivalent in local currency) or the charges (if recurring. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS IBM LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES (OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER THE FIRST ITEM LISTED ABOVE). OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. ITS SUPPLIERS. Neither IBM nor your reseller is responsible for any of your confidential. negligence. OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS). because of a default on IBM’s part or other liability. or personal information contained in a Machine which you returned to IBM or your reseller for any reason. you are entitled to recover damages from IBM. regardless of the basis on which you were entitled to claim damages from IBM (including fundamental breach. You should remove all such information from the Machine prior to its return. IBM’s appropriate warranty terms apply. and 2. your Machine while it is 1) in IBM’s possession or 2) in transit in those cases where IBM is responsible for the transportation charges. Production Status Each IBM Machine is manufactured from new parts. 12 months’ charges apply) for the Machine that is the subject of the claim.

144 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. NY 10504 U. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U. However. or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those web sites. or service may be used. MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Changes are periodically made to the information herein. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. IBM may not offer the products.S. program. 2004. or features discussed in this document in other countries or regions. You can send license inquiries. or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product. BUT NOT LIMITED TO. 2005 145 . visit the web at: http://www. INCLUDING. Any functionally equivalent product. Some states or regions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions. Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. therefore. program.A. in writing.S. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Therefore. the results obtained in other operating environments may © Copyright IBM Corp. program.Appendix B. to: Director Intellectual Property and Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk.ibm.com/ibm/licensing/contact/ The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country or region where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND.A. this statement may not apply to you. it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The materials at those web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those web sites is at your own risk. For additional information. EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT. these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. services. or service. Any reference to an IBM product. program.

If you are viewing this information in softcopy. some measurement may have been estimated through extrapolation. and represent goals and objectives only. Dealer prices may vary. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. companies. brands.vary significantly. the photographs and color illustrations may not appear. and products. compatibility. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. or other publicly available sources. To illustrate them as completely as possible. 146 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . are current. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. All IBM prices shown are IBM’s suggested retail prices. This information is for planning purposes only. Furthermore. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products. or any other claims related to non-IBM products. and are subject to change without notice. Actual results may vary. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. The information herein is subject to change before the products described become available. the examples include the names of individuals. their published announcements. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. All statements regarding IBM’s future direction or intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice.

International Business Machines Corporation. and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Intel Centrino logo. Intel Xeon. Intel logo. Intel Inside. Intel. S. Inc. Microsoft. other countries (or regions). trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company. Notices 147 . Appendix B. product. or both. Intel Centrino. and Certance: v Linear Tape-Open v LTO v Ultrium Tape Drive Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems. Intel SpeedStep. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries (or regions). Windows. other countries (or regions). or both. or both. and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries (or regions). Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States. in the United States. Itanium. Celeron. and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States. Intel Inside logo.Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States or other countries (or regions) or both: v AIX v AS/400 v Eserver v IBM v v v v v v v iSeries pSeries zSeries OS/400 RETAIN Tivoli TotalStorage The following are U. Windows NT. other countries (or regions). Other company.

This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to European Standard EN 55022. Avis de conformité à la réglementation d’Industrie Canada Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conform à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment. Attention: This is a Class A product. may cause harmful interference to radio communications. European Union (EU) Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 89/336/EEC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. including interference that may cause undesired operation. Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to reduce the potential for causing interference to radio and TV communications and 148 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Class A Statement Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. and can radiate radio frequency energy and. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.Electronic Emission Notices The following statement applies to this IBM product. and (2) this device must accept any interference received. in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Industry Canada Class A Emission Compliance Statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The statement for other IBM products intended for use with this product will appear in their accompanying manuals. IBM cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended modification of the product. IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. including the fitting of non-IBM option cards. This equipment generates. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual. uses.

CE .zu führen. September 1998 (bzw. Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraph 4 Abs. Such cables and connectors are available from IBM authorized dealers. Japan VCCI Class A ITE Electronic Emission Statement People’s Republic of China Class A Electronic Emission Statement Appendix B. in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformitätszeichen . angemessene Maßnahmen durchzuführen und dafür aufzukommen. in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden. Germany Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten (EMVG) vom 18. Verantwortlich für die Konformitätserklärung nach Paragraph 5 des EMVG ist die: IBM Deutschland Informationssysteme GmbH 70548 Stuttgart. EN 55022 Klasse A Geräte müssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden: ″Warnung: dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A.″ Anmerkung: Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen. (1) 4: Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funkstörungen verursachen. IBM cannot accept responsibility for any interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors. sind die Geräte wie in den IBM Handbüchern angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben.to other electrical or electronic equipment. Notices 149 . der EMC EG Richtlinie 89/336) Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt.

Taiwan Class A Electronic Emission Statement Korean Class A Electronic Emission Statement 150 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

alphanumeric. numerals. Pertaining to a character set that contains letters. 3584 Tape Library.Glossary This glossary defines the special terms. Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA). The IBM TotalStorage 3953 Tape Frame Model F05 and the IBM TotalStorage 3953 Library Manager Model L05. The input voltage (in volts) that is required by the 3584 Tape Library for normal operation. The Activity screen gives the level of firmware in the library. See IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A. It also provides centralized management for other aspects of the entire library. addressable cartridge storage slots. and determination of element status. deleted. A circuit board that adds function to a computer. accessor controller. 3593 Tape System. alternating current (ac). An 8-bit value used to identify a device in an arbitrated loop. twice as much data can be stored with compression as can be stored without compression. The Activity screen leads to the Main Menu. and acronyms that are used in this publication. Activity screen. See adapter card. associated with the activity. and usually other characters. or to the current produced by one volt applied across a resistance of one ohm. not ready. ampere (A. In 3:1 compression. and provides them with the knowledge to assemble the components into a final configured product for sale to customers. ALMS is optional and requires a license key. Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). instead of fixed locations. See alternating current. Ampere. The quantity of addressable cartridge storage slots per frame varies. 2004. The accessor controller handles accessor motion requests. amp). authorized assembler program (AAP). See authorized assembler program. ALMS enables logical libraries to consist of unique drives and ranges of VOLSERs. AAP. An electric current that reverses its direction at regularly recurring intervals. adapter card. Within the 3584 Tape Library. A A. AL_PA. including calibrations. abbreviations. The relationship between the quantity of data that can be stored with compression as compared to the quantity of data that can be stored without compression. the VOLSER of the cartridge © Copyright IBM Corp. units that can contain tape cartridges and that are recognizable to the library by both a physical address (such as F01-C05-R19) and a SCSI element (logical) address (such as 1112(X'458'). depending on the quantity of drives that are installed in the frame. Numbers 2:1 or 3:1 compression. three times as much data can be stored with compression as can be stored without compression. A training program for selected IBM Business Partners that enables them to purchase incomplete machines and parts. The logic card for the cartridge accessor. It offers the ability to assign tape drives to any logical library by using the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface. Logical libraries can also be added. Device ports communicate by using AL_PAs. ac. moves. or easily changed without disruption. The primary screen on the touchscreen of the 3584 Tape Library. or initializing. See Arbitrated Loop Physical Address. See IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. 2005 151 . amp. Ampere. shows whether the library is ready. See IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller Model J70. For all of the drives in the 3584 Tape Library. and tells the quantity of tape cartridges currently in the I/O stations. In 2:1 compression. aggregate sustained data transfer rate. and inventory updates. The screen also indicates the current activity being performed. A unit of measure for electric current that is equivalent to a flow of one coulomb per second. Addressable cartridge storage slots do not include I/O station slots or the non-addressable slots that are reserved for the diagnostic cartridges. the sum of their average throughput of uninterrupted data. including configuration. 3592 Tape Controller Model J70. and a history of previous activities. insert and eject operations. adapter. The next generation of IBM’s patented Multi-Path Architecture. 3588 Tape Drive. 3592 Tape Drive. See IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. such as punctuation marks. automatic drive cleaning. ac line voltage.

See Controller Area Network. The Capacity Expansion Feature increases the maximum quantity of storage slots in the base frame. CAN. The bars are read optically by transverse scanning. bus. and up to 12 tape drives. or I/O station. See tape cartridge. The mechanism in the 3584 Tape Library that moves cartridges between the storage slots. bit. the action of stopping the | tape. recovery. and calibration sensor. automatic inventory. A string consisting of a certain number of bits (usually 8) that are treated as a unit and represent a character. backup. Features that add capacity to the library and which are only available through the field (not the plant). browser. See Backup Recovery and Media Services. Either of the digits 0 or 1 when used in the binary numbering system. Adjustment. The short-term retention of records used for restoring essential business and system files when vital data has been lost because of program or system errors or malfunctions. The base frame is distinguished from an expansion frame by its I/O stations and operator panel. A slip of paper bearing a bar code and having an adhesive backing. bar code reader. The primary unit of the 3584 Tape Library (also known as Models L22. When the speed of the host server is | slower than that of the drive. rewinding some distance. cartridge gripper. A byte is a fundamental data unit. A client program that initiates requests to a web server and displays the information that the server returns. Located on the cartridge accessor of the 3584 Tape Library. cartridge. The bar code label must be affixed to a tape cartridge to enable the library to identify the cartridge and its volume serial number. Capacity On Demand. calibration sensor. An electromechanical device on the cartridge accessor of the 3584 Tape Library that gets or puts cartridges from or to a storage slot. bar code reader. a laser device specialized for scanning and reading bar codes and converting them into either the ASCII or EBCDIC digital character code. Backup Recovery and Media Services (BRMS). A feature that allows the 3584 Tape Library to report failures to a support center by using a modem. British thermal unit (Btu). tape drive. cartridge accessor. Bits per inch. B | backhitch. A code that represents characters by sets of parallel bars of varying thickness and separation. A method by which the 3584 Tape Library automatically responds to any tape drive’s request for cleaning by beginning the cleaning process. bel. See SCSI bus. base frame. See media capacity. bar code label. control. Located on the dual-gripper transport mechanism of the 3584 Tape Library. and automate the backup. A survey of the location of cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. BRSM. A software program that runs on OS/400 and allows a business to plan. The base frame includes a rail assembly for the cartridge accessor. Applicable only to the base frame (Models L32) of the 3584 Tape Library. Call Home. and the I/O stations. A storage controller that forms a bridge between two external I/O buses. bulk load. The library performs the survey at power-on or whenever the front door of any frame is opened and closed during operation. Capacity Expansion Feature. byte. or L52). See British thermal unit. Btu. L32. Two grippers (Gripper 1 and Gripper 2) are 152 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . and restarting.automatic cleaning. To manually insert large quantities of tape cartridges into a tape library’s empty storage slots. tuning. The bar code reader reads the bar code on the labels of cartridges or at the rear of empty storage slots. capacity. the component that provides the means to find certain positions within the library very precisely during the calibration operation. An operator enables or disables automatic cleaning by using the menus on the library’s touchscreen or the IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface. and media management services for its AS/400® systems. C calibration. Ten decibels. cartridge gripper. Y-axis motion assembly. The accessor includes the X-axis motion assembly. The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit at a specified temperature. pivot assembly. bridge. the cartridge storage slots that are located on the interior of the front door and enabled for additional storage. bpi. tape drives. bar code.

redundancies. the physical location of a tape drive. One of several containers that are mounted inside the frames of the 3584 Tape Library and are used to store tape cartridges. The library uses the bar code label to establish the boundary of a logical library. CETool. and programs installed on the system. characters. A device that coordinates and controls the operation of one or more input/output devices (such as sensors and actuators). A serial bus system that provides a communication path between the XY controller. Direct current. and unnecessary data to shorten the length of records or blocks. pivot (if required). cleaning cartridge. degauss. caster. circuit board. a logical path into the library through which a server sends standard SCSI Medium Changer commands to control a specific logical library. A thin plate on which chips and other electronic components are placed. data compression. assigned. CETool is a software program that is used by IBM Service personnel (also known as customer engineers or CEs) to update library and drive firmware. empty fields. dc. The amount of time required for the 3584 Tape Library to determine whether each cartridge storage slot in the library is empty or full. D daisy-chain. In the event of a command failure. configure. To make a magnetic tape nonmagnetic by means of electrical coils carrying currents that neutralize the magnetism of the tape. a tape drive. The CAN also provides a path between the accessor controller and its X-axis and Y-axis controllers. One of four wheels that are mounted in swivel frames and used to support the weight of the 3584 Tape Library. collect library and drive logs. (2) A tape drive that is designated by the operator of the 3584 Tape Library to manage communication to and from a server and the library. One gripper can grip a single cartridge. cartridge storage slot. The rate is expressed in bits. all Medium Changer card packs (MCPs). See LTO cartridge memory. minute. cartridge memory. The device driver initiates error recovery and continues the operation on the alternate control path without interrupting the application. often called cards or adapters. or hour. or blocks per second. optional features. or might be. Glossary 153 . and synchronizes the operation of such devices with the operation of the system as a whole. Decibel. accessor controller. data cartridge. The average number of bits. A). data. cell top cap.located on the pivot assembly of the accessor. To serially interconnect a series of SCSI connectors for multiple devices on the SCSI bus. Controller Area Network (CAN). cartridge manual rewind tool. To describe to a system the devices. A tape cartridge dedicated to storing data. and insert the cartridge into the drive (or slot). compression. A tape cartridge that is used to clean the heads of a tape drive. A unit of measure that expresses the ratio of two amounts of electric or acoustic signal power that is equal to 10 times the common logarithm of this ratio. The distance by which one object clears another or the clear space between them. A device that can be fitted into the reel of a cartridge and used to rewind tape into or out of the cartridge. In SCSI terms. backup and restore the configuration for non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM). and perform other service-related tasks. The quantity of charge per unit of time. dB. The process of eliminating gaps. an optional feature of the 3584 Tape Library that enables the host device driver to resend the command to an alternate control path for the same logical library. Located on each column of storage slots within the 3584 Tape Library. a plastic component to which a bar code label holder can be attached. and the operator panel controller. See compression. or blocks per unit of time that pass between corresponding equipment in a data transmission system. Any representations such as characters or analog quantities to which meaning is. data transfer element (DTE). controller. decibel. control path failover. (1) Designated by the operator of the 3584 Tape Library. Measured in amperes (amps. characters. data transfer element (DTE) address. cartridge inventory time. The time required for a cartridge accessor to pick a cartridge from a slot (or drive). Computers consist of one or more boards. In SCSI terms. Contrast with cleaning cartridge. data transfer rate. clearance. current. Contrast with data cartridge. cartridge move time. move the cartridge to a drive (or slot). configure the Call Home program for the 3584 Tape Library. control path.

Multi-mode fiber cables are generally used for distances up to 500 meters (1640 feet) and with short-wave (780 nanometer) laser light. Fibre Channel technology combines features of the input/output (I/O) and networking interfaces. Also known as the Model D22. Frame control box. A named set of records stored or processed as a unit. A tape cartridge that enables the detection and isolation of errors in programs and faults in equipment. Located on the cartridge accessor of the 3584 Tape Library and mounted on the pivot assembly. Ethernet. Expanded I/O Station. such as a tape drive or tape library. On the front door of the 3584 Tape Library. Fibre Channel. drives. F FCA. drive head. The SCSI term for the host’s view of a cartridge location. an application layer protocol that uses TCP and Telnet services to transfer bulk-data files between machines or hosts. or the I/O stations. disable. Any hardware component or peripheral. device. a mechanism that automatically turns off the power to the cartridge accessor whenever you open the front door. to recover from errors in equipment. or IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape System. D32. FCB. E eject. or reads a signal from tape into an electrical signal. To make nonfunctional. The component that records an electrical signal onto magnetic tape. A branch of optics dealing with the transmission of light through fibers or thin rods of glass or some other transparent material of high refractive index. Located on each frame of the 3584 Tape Library. the lower compartment into which you insert and remove cartridges into and from the library. full-duplex. or D52. drive. A file that contains the code needed to use an attached device. See frame control assembly. file transfer protocol (FTP). optical fibers are used for longer distances. See electronic mail. Frame control assembly. Fibre Channel cable. the device that contains the two grippers which get and put cartridges into storage slots. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. where possible. door safety switch. DTE. A 10-Mbps baseband local area network that allows multiple stations to access the transmission 154 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . To remove or force out from within. e-mail. See IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive. IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. differential. avoids contention by using carrier sense and deference. electronic mail. an identifier (such as an AL_PA or Loop ID) that enables other device ports to communicate with that drive. Generally.degausser. To make functional. For a tape drive that uses a Fibre Channel interface. element address. that can receive and send data. See High Voltage Differential. diagnostic cartridge. medium at will without prior coordination. file. A unit that may be added to the base frame of the 3584 Tape Library. Single-mode fiber cables are used for distances greater than 500 m (1640 feet) and with long-wave (1300 nanometer) laser light. The cable that connects a Fibre Channel tape drive to another device. The conductive element within the cable is constructed of either copper wires or optical fibers. Fibre Channel address. See data transfer element. expansion frame. the expansion frame includes a rail assembly for the cartridge accessor and up to 12 tape drives. enable. fiber optics. The procedures are often used with programs that record the statistics of machine malfunctions. serial communications technology that is capable of interconnecting Ultrium Tape Drives and 3592 Tape Drives to servers which are separated by as much as 11 kilometers (7 miles). error-recovery procedures (ERP). Procedures designed to help isolate and. Both stations are accessed by the cartridge accessor. A high-speed. Correspondence in the form of messages transmitted between user terminals over a computer network. device driver. and resolves contention by using collision detection and delayed retransmission. A device that makes magnetic tape nonmagnetic. Fiber-optic cabling is referred to by mode or the frequencies of light waves that are carried by a particular cable type. dual-gripper transport mechanism. In the Internet suite of protocols. copper wires are used for short distances (up to 30 meters or 98 feet).

(2) Pertaining to a fixed-radix numeration system. G GB. See High Availability Clustered Multiprocessing. Gb. (1) Pertaining to a selection. host cleaning. HBA. the act of a cartridge gripper retrieving a tape cartridge from a storage slot. 1 000 000 000 bytes. See drive head. | HTTP. hexadecimal. get-response. See host bus adapter. with radix of 16. frame control assembly. Of unlike kind. or condition that has 16 possible different values or states.firmware. (1) In Fibre Channel technology. front door. Firmware is more efficient than software loaded from an alterable medium and is more adaptable to change than pure hardware circuitry. The information that is provided in response to an SNMP get. operator panel. hex. and I/O stations. A method that enables the host (server) to detect the need to clean a tape drive and to control the cleaning process. See gigabyte. hertz (Hz). and a receptacle for the incoming main ac power. frame. the swinging barrier by which entry is closed or opened to the frame. hexadecimal digits range from 0 through 9 and A through F. A unit of frequency equal to cycle per second. a request for information about the library that the operator issues through a monitoring server and which is transmitted by SNMP. See Hyper Text Transfer Protocol. gigabyte (GB). one or two 37 V power supplies for the cartridge accessor. host. The FCB contains 3 circuit protectors. 10 ac outlets for powering the tape drives and all other components in that frame. host bus adapter (HBA). High Availability Clustered Multiprocessing (HACMP). heterogeneous. Gbps. The amount of heat (in kBtu/hr) that the 3584 Tape Library dissipates during normal operation. a unit of transmission that includes delimiters. choice. or I/O station. HVD signaling uses a paired plus and minus signal level to reduce the effects of noise on the SCSI bus. 1 000 000 000 bits. High availability clustering refers to the linking of two or more computers. An IBM AIX® solution that automatically detects system or network failures and eliminates a single point of failure by managing failover to a recovery processor. and is thereby canceled. Simultaneous transmission and reception of data between two nodes of a network. A logic signaling system that enables data communication between a supported server and the 3584 Tape Library. get. An example of firmware is the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) in read-only memory (ROM) on a PC motherboard. homogeneous. Located at the front of each frame in the 3584 Tape Library. (2) In Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). Of the same kind. hub. Synonymous with differential. (1) In library operation. Hubs are commonly used in Fibre Channel networks to Glossary 155 . Host cleaning with a cleaning cartridge is only supported when automatic cleaning is disabled. and an MCC card pack that runs the firmware that controls the ac and dc power distribution in the 3584 Tape Library. head. H HACMP™. one of which can provide operation if the other one fails. 1 000 000 000 bits per second. The controlling or highest-level system in a data communication configuration. heat output. An adapter that provides I/O processing and physical connectivity between a server and storage. (3) Pertaining to a system of numbers to the base 16. Any electronic repository of information that uses the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for transferring files to and from servers. drive. (2) See library frame. Use of an FTP site requires a user ID and possibly a password. Any noise injected into the signal is present in both a plus and minus state. A communications device to which nodes on a multi-point bus or loop are physically connected. full duplex. gigabit (Gb). See gigabit. FTP site. The assembly also provides an RS-422 communication port to each tape drive in a frame. control characters. where A represents 10 and F represents 15. and checking characters. information. A group of parts that consist of a frame control box (FCB). and only for the logical library in which each cleaning cartridge is stored. High Voltage Differential (HVD). Synonymous with server. Proprietary code that is usually delivered as part of an operating system.

The drive houses the mechanism (drive head) that reads and writes data to the tape. ID. its capacity is 900 GB.improve the manageability of physical cables. Hertz. IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller Model J70. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. independent software vendor (ISV). the L05 Library Manager. Identifier. the drive's native data capacity is 300 GB and its data rate is 40 MB/s. The act of performing an inventory on the 3584 Tape Library. initializing. its capacity is 1. The drive has a native data rate of 40 MB/s (80 MB/s at 2:1 compression). When the media is formatted for a E05 format. In SCSI terms. one or two compartments into which | | | | Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP). Located within the 3584 Tape Library. IEE. input/output (I/O) station. Its native data capacity is 300 GB. When the media is formatted for a J1A format. a high-performance.5 TB. with 2:1 compression. All former contents of the tape are lost. initialize. Hz. its capacity is 900 GB. A data-storage device that controls the movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. and 3592 Tape Drives in 3592 frames. IEEE. They typically support the addition or removal of nodes from the bus while it is operating. The drive is also known as the IBM Ultrium Internal Tape Drive. initiator. its capacity is up to 200 GB. IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A. Located within the 3584 Tape Library. A device that can be attached to one or more supported servers and used to write data to and from magnetic tape. Located within the 3584 Tape Library. with 2:1 compression. an I/O slot. 156 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . The drive houses the mechanism (drive head) that reads and writes data to the tape. a data-storage device that controls the movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. The IBM d 3584 Tape Library can include up to 16 frames and 192 drives. In many cases. (1) The initialization procedure that causes an operating system to commence operation. Its native data capacity is 400 GB per cartridge. HTTP delivers content for web pages or downloads files. (2) The process by which a configuration image is loaded into storage at the beginning of a work day or after a system malfunction. A platform-independent. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface. and Ultrium 1 Tape Drives in Ultrium frames. In SCSI terms. web-based interface that allows a user to configure and monitor the 3584 Tape Library from a remote location. with 3:1 compression. initial program load (IPL). high-capacity streaming cartridge tape product designed for efficient back-up for mid-range and high-end computing systems. and any combination of Ultrium 3. Unlike switches. while creating a “hub and spoke” physical star layout. Also known as the Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. The drive houses the mechanism (drive head) that reads and writes data to the tape. I IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library. On the front door of the 3584 Tape Library. an initiator can also be a target. the drive's native data capacity is 500 GB and its data rate is 100 MB/s. Ultrium 2. They maintain the logical loop topology of the network of which they are a part. HVD. See High Voltage Differential. The primary Internet protocol that is used to connect to most web servers. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive. Located in the Tape Frame Model F05. a data-storage device that controls the movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge (Ultrium 1). To format a magnetic tape. its capacity is up to 400 GB. | | | | | | | | | | | | | IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model E05. Located within the 3584 Tape Library. a SCSI device that requests an I/O process to be performed by another SCSI device (a target). The drive houses the mechanism (drive head) that reads and writes data to the tape. and the 3592 Tape Drives in the 3584 Tape Library. hubs do not aggregate bandwidth. high-capacity streaming cartridge tape product designed for efficient back-up for mid-range and high-end computing systems. high-performance. See import/export element. import/export element (IEE). The drive houses the mechanism (drive head) that reads and writes data to the tape. A company that makes and sells software products that run on one or more computer hardware or operating system platforms. Its native data capacity is 100 GB per cartridge. and leave the tape empty except for the system files containing the structure information. with 3:1 compression. (3) The process of loading system programs and preparing a system to run jobs. with 3:1 compression. a device that links the IBM Eserver zSeries server (mainframe host). with 2:1 compression. write a label (VOLSER) on the tape. Its native data capacity is 200 GB per cartridge. its capacity is up to 800 GB.

See IBM TotalStorage 3953 Library Manager Model L05. The worldwide collection of interconnected networks that use the Internet suite of protocols and permit public access. interchange application. KiloWatt. D32. (1) To set up for use or service. LAN. which means that its users have multiple sources of product and media. kW. which pulls the pin and the tape out of the cartridge. library frame. L32. On the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge and 3592 Tape Cartridge. KiloVolt. leader pin. interchange. kVA. The basic unit of the 3584 Tape Library. or function to a system or device either by a singular change or by the addition of multiple components or devices. During tape processing the leader pin is grasped by a threading mechanism. and onto a takeup reel. insert. ISV. the physical (optical) connection between two nodes of a network. (2) The act of adding a product. The LTO technology is implemented in two formats: the Accelis format focuses on fast access. Both stations are accessed by the cartridge accessor. See input/output station. Linear Tape-Open (LTO). L label. link. (2) To make an inventory of. label area. Located on the front of the 3584 Tape Library. interposer. The Ultrium format is designed with a four-generation road map that provides for up to 1. On the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge or 3592 Tape Cartridge. 1000 Btu’s. which Glossary K kBtu. The momentary peak current (in amperes) into the 3584 Tape Library when the ac line voltage is first applied. See bar code label. feature. The preparation of tapes for use on other systems or devices. LTO technology is an “open format” technology. a term used to describe the act of putting a tape cartridge into an I/O station. (1) A survey of tape cartridges in the library and frames. leveling jackscrews. An adapter-like device that allows a connector of one size and style to connect to a mating connector of a different size and style. The frequency (in hertz) of the ac line voltage that the 3584 Tape Library requires for normal operation. 157 . library power switch.you insert and remove cartridges into and from the library. The head can then read or write data from or to the tape. 1000 volts. The ability to process (read or write) given tape data on any one of a set of tape devices that support the form factor and recording format of the tape data.6 TB per cartridge (2:1 compression) in Generation 4 and a compressed transfer rate of up to 320 MB per second. and Certance. or L52) and expansion frame (Models D22. I/O station. See liquid crystal display. covers. line frequency. KiloBtu. KiloVolt. A type of tape storage technology developed by the IBM Corporation. either local or remote. LCD. See local area network. The “open” nature of LTO technology enables compatibility between different vendors’ offerings by ensuring that vendors comply with verification standards. The frame includes the hardware support structure. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. inrush current. or D52). An Ultrium cartridge has a compressed data capacity of up to 800 GB (at 2:1 compression) and a native data capacity of up to 400 GB. across the drive head. license key. and parts. KiloWatt. Internet. IPL. inventory. Located on the bottom the 3584 Tape Library. mechanisms. In Fibre Channel technology. a toggle switch that enables you to turn the power to the library on and off. See independent software vendor. a recessed area next to the write-protect switch where a bar code label must be affixed. Library Manager. 1000 watts. Two types of frames are available: base frame (Models L22. a small metal column attached to the end of the magnetic tape. the Ultrium format focuses on high capacity. The Ultrium format is the preferred format when capacity (rather than fast access) is the key storage consideration. A password or table that is needed to decipher encoded data. or the use of tape data prepared by another system. KiloBtu. install. Initial program load. Hewlett-Packard. one of four screw-operated jacks for raising or lowering the library.

The beginning of the recording area on magnetic tape. logical library configuration. magnetic tape. The 3584 Tape Library can use the MIB to interpret problem alerts that are transmitted by SNMP traps. Management Information Base (MIB). master console. rewinding the tape into the cartridge. The 3584 Tape Library can be partitioned into individual logical libraries that independently communicate with individual servers via individual control paths. A tape with a magnetizable surface layer on which data can be stored by magnetic recording. See LTO cartridge memory. load and unload cycle. See logical unit number. Megabits per second.includes the combination of the link connection (the transmission medium) and two link stations. Meter. The ability of the 3584 Tape Library to create logical libraries makes it possible for similar and dissimilar hosts (servers) to share its robotics. manual cleaning. 3494 B10 VTS and 3494 B20 VTS. loading the tape to load point. (1) A computer network located on a user’s premises within a limited geographical area. (2) A network in which a set of devices is connected to other sets of devices for communication and that can be connected to a larger network. the act (performed by the cartridge accessor) of transferring the cartridge from the storage slot to the drive and of positioning the tape (performed by the tape drive) for reading or writing by the drive head. LTO-CM. After a cartridge has been inserted into a drive. Low Voltage Differential (LVD). Located in the 3953 Tape Frame Model F05. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library and following the insertion of a tape cartridge into a cartridge storage slot. A low-noise. Units of managed information that specifically describe an aspect of a system. logical library. the identifier that the 3584 Tape Library assigned to an Ultrium Tape Drive or 3592 Tape Drive. the amount of time between when the drive threads the tape and when the drive becomes ready to accept server commands. 3592 J70 Controller. The master console monitors these components for early detection of unusual conditions and for error information that the components send to IBM’s Remote Technical Assistance Information Network (RETAIN®). The ID is based on the drive’s physical location within the library and is used by other devices in the topology to communicate. LTO. The operator identifies the slots and drives to the library by their location or count. See Linear Tape-Open. See megabyte. local area network (LAN). Communication within a local area network is not subject to external regulations. load. Mbps. As a result. such as the system name. In Fibre Channel technology. media. or communications configuration. loop ID. low-power. communication across the LAN boundary may be subject to some form of regulation. and low-amplitude electrical signaling system that enables data communication between a supported server and the 3584 Tape Library. A method by which an operator selects a menu option from the touchscreen of the 3584 Tape Library or IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface to perform cleaning on one or more of its tape drives. LTO cartridge memory (LTO-CM). The act of inserting a cartridge into a tape drive. A collection of related MIB objects is defined as a MIB. The use of wire pairs reduces electrical noise and crosstalk. an embedded electronics and interface module that can store and retrieve a cartridge’s historical usage and other information. load-to-ready time. one at each end of the link connection. hosts can simultaneously run separate applications in separate logical libraries. The tape library reads the labels and uses them to establish the boundaries of one or more logical libraries. A low-power display technology used in computers and other I/O devices. MB. A way of using the 3584 Tape Library so that its robotics are shared by homogenous (similar) and heterogeneous (dissimilar) servers. A number associated with the target address of a drive. LVD signaling uses two wires to drive one signal over copper wire. LVD. hardware number. logical library bar code label. The server uses the number to identify the address of the drive. and ejecting the cartridge from the drive. Within each LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge. See Low Voltage Differential. A set of cartridge storage slots and tape drives that are defined as a library by an operator. The plural of medium. A specially coded label that can be affixed to the tops of storage slot columns and drives inside the 3584 Tape Library. however. load point. liquid crystal display (LCD). 158 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . LUN. a device that attaches to each installed 3953 L05 Library Manager. M m. logical unit number (LUN).

N N/A. media-type identifier. MIB. C01. It also provides management and service interfaces to outside servers. 2 represents the Ultrium 2 Tape Cartridge. A set of multi-user servers with a hard disk capacity of between 50 GB and 250 GB. tape that uses very small. one of four circuit assemblies (accessor controller card. In the 3584 Tape Library. Additionally. A physical material in or on which data may be represented. such as magnetic tape. and loading it into the drive. L identifies the cartridge as one that can be read by devices that incorporate LTO technology. In Fibre Channel technology. Pertaining to the bar code on the bar code label of the IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. and L52 base frames each contain one non-addressable cartridge storage slot for a diagnostic cartridge at physical address F01. that represents information about the cartridge. Medium Changer card pack. The electronics of the card pack are located in the FCB. meter. a circuit board that provides a communication path to each tape drive (via the RS-422 interface) so that library commands can be funneled from the tape drives to the accessor. Within the 3584 Tape Library. Medium Changer Device. It includes one RS-422 interface allotted for each drive in the frame. In a local area network. L32. A vague term that refers to the software between an application program and the lower-level platform functions. See mount. mid-range systems. provided that a lower I/O station is installed for the 3592 Tape Cartridges. See IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A. A configuration of data processing devices and software connected for information interchange. Not applicable. Approximate. For each library frame that contains at least one drive. The concept of using both LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges and 3592 Tape Cartridges in the 3584 Tape Library. A mount consists of removing the cartridge from a drive. The Models L22. nominal. mount/demount cycle. returning it to its storage slot. ® mixed drive types.media capacity.37 inches. R01. Model J1A. 3 represents the Ultrium 3 Tape Cartridge. both types of cartridges may be inserted or removed from the library through the base frame. A cartridge storage slot that is designated for the diagnostic cartridge. The 3584 Tape Library is a Medium Changer Device. network server. The act of making a tape available for processing by a specific tape device. mounted. mount throughput. medium. a personal computer that provides access to files for all of the workstations in the network. network. A solution from Microsoft that automatically detects system or network failures in Windows® operating systems and eliminates a single point of failure by managing failover to a recovery processor. In the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges and 3592 Tape Cartridge. Medium Changer card pack (MCP).000001 m). In the Metric System. nominal power. collecting another cartridge from a storage slot. metal-particle tape. mount. a 2-character code (Lx). x indicates the generation of cartridge (1 represents the Ultrium 1 Tape Cartridge. A library can consist of frames that house all LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges or all 3592 Tape Cartridges. an instrument that moves removable storage units from and to storage slots and tape drives. One millionth of a meter (. which is used during service procedures. middleware. the first expansion frame of a different Glossary 159 . The amount of power (in kilowatts) that the 3584 Tape Library dissipates during normal operation. The amount of data that can be stored without compression on a tape cartridge. See Management Information Base. The amount of data that can be contained on storage media and expressed in bytes of data. motor driver assembly. equal to approximately 39. but the two types of cartridges cannot be mixed in a single frame. a communicating device. and operator panel assembly) that communicate with each other over the Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. 1 000 000 bytes. In SCSI terms. moving it to the drive. the basic unit of length. pure metal particles (rather than oxide coatings) in the magnetic layer. micron. and T represents the Ultrium 3 WORM Tape Cartridge). The number of cartridges that a tape library can mount in a one-hour period. node. Microsoft Systems Management Server (SMS) and Clustered Server Environments. there is one MCP. The state of a tape while it is available for processing by a specific tape device. node card. megabyte (MB). non-addressable cartridge storage slot. native data capacity. However.

point-to-point topology. a group of parts that provides a mounting platform for the gripper mechanism and the bar code reader. operating system. PDF files are compact. a touch key that causes the cartridge accessor to park itself and provide clear access to the library’s interior when you power-off the library or open the front door. A functional unit that controls the tape library. A standard specified by Adobe Systems. The unit of magnetic field strength in the unrationalized centimeter-gram-second (cgs) electromagnetic system. relative humidity rate. The ability to update drive firmware without scheduling downtime. A fixed-size division of storage. operating environment.C01. an optional unit that houses the fiber cable connections between the servers and the individual drives. and the LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. uniformly wound solenoid that is excited with a linear current density in its winding of one abamper per 4π centimeters of axial length. Portable Document Format (PDF). PDF. A cable that connects a device to a source of electrical power. A port is sometimes referred to as an adapter. On the touchscreen of the 3584 Tape Library. Within the 3584 Tape Library. tape drive. power-off. The Oersted is the magnetic field strength in the interior of an elongated. See Portable Document Format. The 3584 Tape Library provides the ability to perform a nondisruptive drive firmware update for the 3592 J1A Tape Drive. powered-on. or I/O station. Located at the rear of the base or expansion frame in a 3584 Tape Library. The Pause key enables quick recovery when you power-on the library or close the front door. power cord plug. (1) To remove electrical power from a device. | | | | | | nondisruptive drive firmware update.media type (3592 or LTO) in a mixed media library contains one non-addressable cartridge slot for a diagnostic cartridge at physical addresses Fx. Types of memory that retain their contents when the power is turned off. power-on. the web. the LCD activity and service menus are executed in the operator panel controller with support from the accessor controller and the drives (via the Medium Changer card packs). power cord. powered-off. can be distributed globally (via e-mail. the 3592 E05 Tape Drive. pivot assembly. In addition. non-volatile memory. The temperature. and wet bulb temperature of the room in which the 3584 Tape Library routinely conducts processing. point load. patch panel. the male fitting for making an electrical connection to a circuit by insertion into a receptacle. (2) The state of a device when power has been applied to it. On the cartridge accessor of the 3584 Tape Library. and senses and locks the I/O stations. intranets. On a floor. 160 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . On a power cord. (2) A connector on a device to which cables for other devices such as display stations and printers are attached. which is software from Adobe Systems that can be downloaded at no cost from the Adobe Systems home page. there can be more than one port on an adapter. The controller provides input to and output from the LCD. or CD-ROM). (1) A system or network access point for data entry or exit. and can be viewed with the Acrobat Reader. The unit’s LCD touchscreen provides information about the operation of the 3584 Tape Library. Pause key. a circuit board that facilitates communication between the accessor controller and the operator panel. (2) The state of a device when power has been removed from it. ROM is nonvolatile. In communications. one or more locations where the weight of an object is concentrated. optimized dual gripper. the physical or logical arrangement of nodes in a network to facilitate data transmission between two locations without the use of any intermediate display station or computer. The pivot assembly is capable of 180° rotation about the vertical axis. (3) The representation of a physical connection to the link hardware. operator panel controller.R01 (where x equals the first expansion frame for the second type of media). O Oersted. whereas RAM is volatile. however. port. Incorporated. An electromechanical device that is mounted on the pivot assembly and gets or puts cartridges from or to a storage slot. operator panel. (1) To apply electrical power to a device. for the electronic distribution of documents. The master computer control program that translates the user’s commands and allows software application programs to interact with the computer’s hardware. and one or two I/O stations for inserting and removing cartridges. P partition.

it varies. a tape cartridge into a storage slot. and synchronizing the states of network components.000 ft). when lit. Located beside the library power switch on the operator panel. A data cartridge that contains no useful data. but not remove it from the system. depending on the quantity of drives in the library. put. The mounted female electrical fitting that contains the live parts of the circuit. This logical address is represented on the operator panel or IBM TotalStorage Tape Library Specialist web interface as xxxx(yyyh). which supports higher data rates and greater immunity to electrical interference.275 m (4. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. or I/O station. See Small Computer Systems Interface. power supply. indicates that dc power is available within the 3584 Tape Library. as well as tips on how to deal with the problems. a term used to describe the act of taking a tape cartridge out of an I/O station. where xxxx is a decimal value and yyyh is a hexadecimal value. drive. The amount of current a power supply can provide is rated in amperes. Remote Technical Assistance Information Network (RETAIN). or I/O slot. One of the set of all female and male connectors on the SCSI bus. SARS. SCSI. and whether an Expanded I/O Station is included. the support structure over which the cartridge accessor moves. The electrical component of a computer system that converts standard ac current to the lower voltage dc current used by the computer. whether the Capacity Expansion feature is installed. remote support. See Statistical Analysis and Recording System. The RS-422 interface also supports multi-point connections. by means of a robotic device. Used by IBM Service Representatives. See Storage Area Network. relative humidity. RS-422 interface.power-on indicator. ready. A device that regenerates signals to extend the range of transmission between data stations or to interconnect two branches. An electrical interface standard approved by the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) for connecting serial devices. A repeater is a node of a local area network. 161 . from a data medium. See library power switch. (1) A collection of wires through which data is transmitted from one part of a computer to another. power receptacle. an internal host-based software application that contains records of service problems with IBM hardware and software. is an alternative to the older RS-232 interface and uses individual differential signal pairs for data transmission. See Call Home. repeater. remove. Anything that can connect into the SCSI bus and actively participate in bus activity. and the sequencing rules for. RS-422 can be used at distances to 1. It is assigned by the library and used by the server when the server processes SCSI commands. SCSI device. The meanings of. SCSI element address. The RS-422 standard. robotics. (2) A generic term that refers to the complete set of signals that define the activity of the Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI). scratch cartridge. Glossary Q quiesce. drive. To put a device into a temporarily inactive or inhibited state. SCSI bus. to place. transferring data. SCSI-2. See SCSI ID. S SAN. The operating condition that the 3584 Tape Library is in when the host applications can interact with it. To acquire or interpret data from a storage device. Within the 3584 Tape Library. A value that defines a logical location in the 3584 Tape Library to the SCSI interface. Depending on data transmission rates. The ratio of the amount of water vapor actually present in the air to the greatest amount possible at the same temperature. See Small Computer Systems Interface. SCSI address. a green light that. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. requests and responses used for managing a network. read. power switch. SCSI connector. See Remote Technical Assistance Information Network. The cartridge accessor and any associated mechanisms that move a tape cartridge within the 3584 Tape Library. The SCSI element address is not unique to a storage slot. or from another source. RETAIN. protocol. A variation of the SCSI interface. R rail system. but can be written to with new data.

A functional unit that provides services to one or more clients over a network. service ratings. relative humidity rate. In Fibre Channel technology. Storage Area Network (SAN). SNMP is an application layer protocol. server power is used for business applications. stand-alone. v Ultra3 SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus and supports data rates of 80 or 160 MBps. with a line-to-neutral voltage of 200-240 V ac. short-wave cable. a print server.or 16-bit bus. phases. and wet bulb temperature of the environment to which the 3584 Tape Library is exposed when being transferred from one location to another.SCSI ID. See Simple Network Management Protocol. v Ultra160 SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus and supports data rates of 80 or 160 MBps. the space required for an IBM Service Representative to perform maintenance on the unit. printers. shipping environment. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). SNMP. A platform-independent. sequential access. and a mail server.″ Variations of the SCSI interface provide for faster data transmission rates than standard serial and parallel ports (up to 160 megabytes per second). Sequential Access Device. speed matching. The IBM pSeries. and wet bulb temperature of the environment in which the 3584 Tape Library is nonoperational and being kept for future use. The hexadecimal representation of the unique address (0-F) that is assigned to a SCSI device. Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI). service clearance. The temperature. single-phase power. electricity that is transmitted via three wires (line. In the Internet suite of protocols. a tape drive. Pertaining to operation that is independent of any other device. Information on devices that are managed is defined and stored in the application’s Management Information Base (MIB). Synonymous with host. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. the average transfer rate of data across 162 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . The criteria include maximum voltage. A standard used by computer manufacturers for attaching peripheral devices (such as tape drives. or documentation that is shipped with the 3584 Tape Library. A high-speed subnetwork of shared storage devices. or system. and/or TapeAlert to report. v Ultra SCSI: Uses an 8. ASC/ASCQ. a cartridge storage slot. and wires. program. IBM iSeries. hard disks. StE. This identifier would normally be assigned and set in the SCSI device during system installation. and supports multiple devices. a laser cable that uses a wavelength of 780 nanometers and is only compatible with multi-mode fiber. In SCSI terms. search time. web-based interface that allows a user to configure and monitor the 3584 Tape Library from a remote location. server. Specialist web interface. a network management protocol that is used to monitor routers and attached networks. Examples include a file server. The variations include: v Fast/Wide SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus. current. Between the server and the tape drive. See volume serial number. and Sun are servers. In SCSI terms. serial number. v SCSI-2: Same as SCSI-1. storage element (StE). and supports data rates of 4 MBps. Surrounding the 3584 Tape Library. The group of supplies. The ability of the Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 2 Tape Drives to adjust their native data rate as closely as possible to the net host data rate (after data compressibility has been factored out). and network capacity is released to the end user. Because stored data does not reside directly on any of a network’s servers. CD-ROM players. cords. and scanners) to computers (servers). neutral. and supports data rates of up to 20 MBps. HP. they too will be accessible from any server in the larger network. A SAN’s architecture makes all storage devices available to all servers on a LAN or WAN. Pronounced ″scuzzy. relative humidity rate.or 16-bit bus and supports data rates of 40 or 80 MBps. storage environment. Firmware that is built into the 3592 Tape Drive and used by the drive during problem determination to identify which single-character display code. The average time it takes for a tape drive to locate the starting point of a block of data. v SCSI-1: Uses an 8-bit bus. ship group. sustained data transfer rate. As more storage devices are added to a SAN. The temperature. and supports data rates of 20 or 40 MBps. The values for criteria associated with an electrical power cord. Statistical Analysis and Recording System (SARS). The processing of information on a tape cartridge in a manner that requires the device to access consecutive storage locations (logical blocks) on the medium. and ground). but uses a 50-pin connector instead of a 25-pin connector. v Ultra2 SCSI: Uses an 8. See storage element.

Glossary 163 . line. IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. Ultra2 SCSI. Terminators prevent energy from reflecting back into a cable plant by absorbing the radio frequency signals. A patented technology from Hewlett-Packard that monitors the status of a tape device and media. Ultra160 SCSI. tape cartridge. termination. It provides automated storage management services to multivendor workstations. target. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. See liquid crystal display. terminate.the SCSI interface to and from the tape drive during a transition from one end of the tape to the other end. Sometimes referred to as single phase power. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. and ground). Ultra320 SCSI. Ultra3 SCSI. (2) The suite of transport and application protocols that run over the Internet Protocol. Tape Frame. Status and error messages that are generated by the TapeAlert utility and display on the host console. tape drive. (1) The Transmission Control Protocol and the Internet Protocol. See Small Computer Systems Interface. Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM) is an enterprise-wide storage management application for the network. IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive. See Small Computer Systems Interface. Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM). In Fibre Channel technology. and detects problems as they occur. terminator.device that is used to absorb energy from a transmission line. On the touchscreen of the 3584 Tape Library. which together provide reliable end-to-end connections between applications over interconnected networks of different types. See IBM TotalStorage 3953 Tape Frame Model F05. touch-sensitive keypads that lets you select and navigate through menus. touch keys. electricity that is transmitted via three wires (line. A removable storage device that consists of a housing containing a belt-driven magnetic tape wound on a supply reel and a takeup reel. the connection of two nodes that communicate directly (without the use of a switch) and use the same protocol. See Tivoli Storage Manager. A SCSI device that performs an operation requested by the initiator. two-phase power. an array of small. transfer rate. or IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape System. a touch key initiates an audible beep (if enabled) whenever you press it. See data transfer rate. TapeAlert flags. T TapeAlert. Ultrium Tape Drive. A terminator is usually shielded. (2) A single-port. especially the relationships among nodes and the links between them. the connection of two or more nodes that may not use the same protocol and communicate by using a switch. switch. with a line-to-line voltage of 200-240 V ac. A target can also be an initiator. topology. U Ultra SCSI. To acknowledge that it has been pressed. switches typically have the ability to switch node connections from one to another. two-node arbitrated loop. TSM. A linear or angled pattern of data written on a tape surface. A typical switch can facilitate several simultaneous bandwidth transmissions between different pairs of nodes. 1 000 000 000 000 bytes. TB. which prevents unwanted signals from entering or valid signals from leaving the cable system. See Small Computer Systems Interface. TCP/IP. In Fibre Channel technology. The audible beep is the default. Unlike hubs. The messages indicate the type of problem and tell how to resolve it. 75. touchscreen. In communications. See IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive. To prevent unwanted electrical signal reflections by applying a device (a terminator) that absorbs the energy from the transmission line. and local area network (LAN) file servers. (1) A part used to end a SCSI bus. transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP). See IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive. the physical or logical arrangement of nodes in a network. terabyte. track. IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. See transmission control protocol/Internet protocol. See Small Computer Systems Interface. personal computers. A network infrastructure component to which multiple nodes attach. two-node switched fabric loop. or IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape System. See Small Computer Systems Interface. Terabyte.

Located on the LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge or 3592 Tape Cartridge. serial number. See vital product data. or level of firmware. The web server typically maps the request portion of the URL to a path and file name. data cannot be written to the tape.networking. unload. formally defined to be the difference of electric potential between two points of a conductor carrying a constant current of one ampere.ibm. The World Wide Port Name aids the accessibility of the port. A technology that allows data to be written only once to LTO Ultrium 3 and 3592 tape cartridges. pressure into a given sample of air in order to saturate the air under steady-state conditions. but can be read any number of times. the fully qualified domain name is www. Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library. It includes the protocol followed by the fully qualified domain name (sometimes called the host name) and the request. watt. information about a product such as a library. The address of an item on the World Wide Web. A network of servers that contain programs and files. web. WORM. drive. when the power dissipated between these points is equal to one watt. the protocol is http. write once read many (WORM). write. model number.networking. A number that a computer assigns to a tape cartridge when it prepares (initializes) the cartridge for use. volt.com. To make a permanent or transient recording of data in a storage device or on a data medium. In Fibre Channel technology. X X-axis and Y-axis motion assemblies. A tape cartridge is write protected if some logical or physical mechanism causes the device that is processing the tape to prevent the program from writing on the tape. a term used to describe the act of the drive unthreading the tape from the internal tape path and returning the leader block to the tape cartridge. Read from a wet-bulb thermometer.com/nsg/nsgmain. See write once read many. Many of the files contain hypertext links to other documents available through the network. World Wide Port Name. The temperature at which pure water must be evaporated adiabatically at constant Y Y-axis motion assembly. and the request is /nsg/nsgmain. Watts. write protected. When you slide the switch to the locked padlock. In character recognition. Volts ac (alternating current). if the URL is http://www. URL. about 1/736 of one horsepower. A method of subdividing a storage area network into disjoint zones. World Wide Web. World Wide Node Name. Provides the motive force to move the accessor side to side (on the X-axis) and up and down (on the Y-axis). W W. the power required to keep a current of one ampere flowing under a potential drop of one volt. a switch that prevents accidental erasure of data. V V ac.ibm. write-protect switch. or subsets of nodes on the 164 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . For example. See IBM TotalStorage 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A. servo motor. volume serial number (VOLSER). void. After being written. 64-bit name assigned to a device by its manufacturer and used to identify participants in a topology.Ultrium 3 Tape Drive. Within a parent node.htm. wet bulb temperature. uniform resource locator (URL). When you slide the switch to the unlocked padlock. VPD. The World Wide Node Name will be unique if the manufacturer has registered a range of addresses with the IEEE. the fixed. vital product data (VPD). Pertaining to the 3584 Tape Library.htm. data can be written to the tape. See World Wide Web. A metric unit of measure of power. See uniform resource locator. pinion drive gear and lead screw. The VPD may include a machine type. a group of parts that includes a controller (circuit board) for the Controller Area Network interface. The SI (international) unit of potential difference and electromotive force. Z zoning. part number. the data cannot be altered. Pictures of a locked and unlocked padlock appear on the switch. or node card. Volume serial number. a unique 64-bit name that is assigned to a node port. Within the 3584 Tape Library. See X-axis and Y-axis motion assemblies. the inadvertent absence of ink within a character outline. VOLSER.

Glossary 165 .network. with switched SANs. traffic within each zone may be physically isolated from traffic outside the zone. Storage area network nodes outside a zone are invisible to nodes within the zone. Moreover.

166 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .

description 11 3592 Model J1A Tape Drive. definition xiv automatic cleaning 31. 2005 167 . 2004. description 11 3592 Tape Cartridge. 45 C cables Fibre Channel 128 routing Fibre Channel through top of frame 61 running between frames 65 SCSI 21 Call Home feature 42. procedure 94. 104 location 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 87 © Copyright IBM Corp. 83 Ultrium 400 GB Tape Cartridge 2 Capacity Expansion feature. in Fibre Channel network 20 burst data rate 48 A ac power cord. 20. 105. 105. description 17. transparently adding or removing 33. 17. description 1 3588 Tape Drive description 2. for Model L32 40 Capacity On Demand feature for Models L22 and L52 41 capacity scaling 15 capacity scaling. 135 attaching library to zSeries server 22 attention notice. description 9 B backhitchless backspace 15 bar code label description and specifications 3592 Tape Cartridge 114. 87. hard and soft 132 AL_PA See Arbitrated Loop Physical Address ALMS See Advanced Library Management System arbitrated loop connection 129 Arbitrated Loop Physical Address 130 attaching leader pin to Ultrium tape. 105 3953 F05 frame overview 22 3953 L05 library manager overview 22 512-MB data buffer with read ahead feature 16 bar code label (continued) suppliers 3592 Tape Cartridge 125 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 104 bar code label. 83 Ultrium 400 GB Tape Cartridge 2 Models L22 and D22 137 Models L32 and D32 138 Models L52 and D52 138 native data 3592 Tape Cartridge 2. 43 capacity compressed capacity LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 2 compressed data 3592 Tape Cartridge 2. 88. description and specifications suppliers 3592 Tape Cartridge xxi LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges xxi bar code. description and specifications LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 86. 110 3592 Tape Cartridges 17 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 17. 110 3592 Tape Cartridges 17 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 2. 35 cartridge accessor 9 cartridge accessor controller 9 cartridge assignment policy 37 cartridge door. dual 38 accessor description of cartridge 9 description of dual 6 accessor controller 9 acclimating the cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 118. 11 3592 Model E05 Tape Drive. 116 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 86. 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 91. 100 acoustical specifications for Models L22 and D22 68 for Models L32 and D32 67 for Models L52 and D52 68 for tape library 67 adapters. for Fibre Channel interface 135 address arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA) 130 Loop ID for Fibre Channel drives 130 World Wide Node Name 134 World Wide Port Name 134 addressing. location 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 cartridge gripper 9 cartridge memory for 3592 Tape Cartridges 111 for Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 location in LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 cartridge move time 50 cartridge storage slots. 87 base frame.Index Numerics 3584 Tape Library. description 3 bridges. 96 attaching library to servers 18. for the 3592 data cartridges 108 capacity-based LEOT reporting 15 capacity.

30 with ALMS 33 configuring storage capacity without disruption 35 connections. 111 LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridges 18. description 38 data transfer rate 3592 E05 Tape Drive 2 3592 Tape Drive 2. inrush 69 customer engineer (CE) cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 114 description 106 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 81 customer-setup units 79 data cartridge (continued) load and unload cycles 3592 Tape Cartridge 111 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 85 ordering 3592 Tape Cartridge 123 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 data compression 16 data path failover. accessor 9 cooling specifications 68 CSV See comma-separated value current.caution notice. 17. 82 components in tape library 8 compressed capacity 3592 Tape Cartridge 2. of tape library 55 depth of HA1 frame 55 of Models L22 and D22 53 of Models L32 and D32 54 of Models L52 and D52 54 description of tape library 1 device drivers. 106. 48 degaussing tape cartridges 3592 Tape Cartridge 122 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93. 34 D danger notice. for Fibre Channel interface 135 connectors. Fibre Channel 20 connectors. definition xiii Data Call Home capability 42 data capacity 2 data cartridge description 3592 Tape Cartridge 105. 83 compressed data transfer rate 48 configurations sample 29. supported 19 diagnostic cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 106. 32 using for control path failover 33 control path failover description 38 use with multiple control paths 33 controller. 114 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 81. 48 burst 48 compressed 48 LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 2. 102 delivery route. for SCSI interface 21 control path additional. 85 ordering 3592 Cleaning Cartridge 123 LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridges 102 clearance specifications 58 Common Information Model (CIM) Agent 47 compatible tape cartridges 3592 Tape Drive 17 3592 Tape Drives 17 LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 11. viewing latest 19 door front 9 safety switch 9 downloading library logs in CSV format 42 drive mechanical and electrical reliability 16 drive performance specifications 47 dual ac power cord. 110 3592 Tape Cartridges 17 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 2. description 38 dual accessors 6 dual-gripper transport mechanism 9 dynamic partitioning 33. 47 native sustained 47. 86 diagnostic reporting 46 dimensions for HA1 frame 55 for Models L22 and D22 53 for Models L32 and D32 54 for Models L52 and D52 54 disposing of a tape cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 122 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 101 disposing of the tape library xvi documentation. 110 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 83 E Economy cartridge 105 Economy WORM cartridge 105 electronic emission notices 148 elements in the library 74 emission notices 148 enabling virtual I/O slots 35 end of life (EOL) plan xvi 168 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . definition xiii channel calibration 15 3592 Tape Drive 14 LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 12 cleaning a drive automatically 45 by host 45 manually 45 cleaning cartridge description 3592 Cleaning Cartridge 18. 105. 17. role in reducing library failure 28.

7 high resolution tape directory 15 High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI interface 20. 43 ESCON interface 22 expansion frames. 130 use with repeaters 20 use with switch 20 zoning 129. 134 Fibre Channel interface 20 FICON interface 22 fire suppression for HA1 frame (service bay A) 64 for Models L22 and D22 64 for Models L32 and D32 63 for Models L52 and D52 64 general provisions 63 firmware. library combining 25 description 3 maximum quantity in library 3 mixing drive types in 25 front door 9 Full Capacity feature for Models L22 and L52 41 G generation of cartridge. determining 12 H HA1 frame clearance specifications 58 depth 55 description 6. updating library and drive 1 flexible drive assignment 34 floor requirements for library 55 frame maximum quantity in library 1 mixing drive types in 25 frame control assembly 9 frame. library configuring drives in the same 1 frames. description 6. 7 fire suppression 64 height 55 weight 55 width 55 handling cartridges 3592 Tape Cartridges 117 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93 hard addressing 132 Heartbeat Call Home capability 42 height of HA1 frame 55 of Models L22 and D22 53 of Models L32 and D32 54 of Models L52 and D52 54 height of tape library 53 high availability frame. 29 supported 18 host cleaning 46 hub.enhanced format for recording error-correction codes 16 environmental notice xvi environmental specifications for library 66 environmental specifications for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 100 EOL plan xvi erasing. description 3 frame. LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 error reporting SNMP messaging 24 TapeAlert flags 46 through remote support (Call Home) 42. on LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 Index 169 . in Fibre Channel topology 129 I IDs AL_PA 130 Loop IDs 130 World Wide Node Name 134 World Wide Port Name 134 input/output (I/O) station description 9 expanded 40 quantity of I/O slots per frame 40 Insert Notification feature description 38 manually inserting cartridges into tape library 38 insertion guide. supported 129 use of SCSI protocol 127 use with bridge 20 use with hub 20. in Fibre Channel network 20 HVD See High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI interface F failover description 38 feature codes of customer-setup units 79 of elements in library 73 features codes of the library 74 fibers. optical in Fibre Channel 129 Fibre Channel cables. 21 host sharing library 28. routing through top of frame 61 Fibre Channel drive 2-Gb interface 128 adapters 135 addressing 130 cables 128 compatibility with Multi-Path Architecture 28 connections 20 connectors 135 port 127 setting Loop ID 132 topologies.

supported 20. cartridge 49 iSeries server conditions for Fibre Channel attachment 135 effects of ALMS 136 loop connection. 133 logs. 44 maximum quantity of logical libraries per frame 31 media mixing in drives and frames 17 ordering 3592 Tape Cartridges 123 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 using with 3592 Tape Drives 105 with LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 81. role in providing remote support 42 role in providing remote support 42 role in remote support 42. 31 mixing drives types in 26. 32 logical unit number (LUN). assignment 131 Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI interface 20. connection of 3584 Tape Library to 1 Management Information Base 24 manual cleaning 46 master console modem. downloading in CSV format 42 Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Cartridge Memory (CM) link speed. 81 LUN See logical unit number (LUN) LVD See Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI interface J JA cartridge type jewel case 90 JJ cartridge type JR cartridge type JW cartridge type 105 105 105 105 M mainframe. 32 sharing 29. downloading library in CSV format 42 84 170 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . in Fibre Channel network 129 load balancing. 82 media reuse 14 media-type identifier for Ultrium cartridges 86 messages remote support (Call Home) 42. description 31. 22 Intermediate Capacity feature for Models L22 and L52 41 inventory times. 21 low-power mode 12 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges. in Fibre Channel interface 129 Loop ID. description 38 load time 48 logical library configuring drives in the same 1 control path in 28 creating and using multiple for sharing 32 description 31 effects of manually inserted new media 38 maximum quantity in library 29.inspecting 3592 Tape Cartridge 118 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 92 interfaces. 9 library logs. description 17. 43 SNMP traps 24 MIB See Management Information Base mixed drive types. supported 128 link. description 3. protection against non-support 28 mixing drive types in frames 25 media in drives 26 Model 028 Ultrium tape cartridge 82 Model 029 Ultrium tape cartridge 82 Model D22 acoustical specifications 68 capacity 137 clearance specifications 58 depth 53 description 4 fire suppression 64 height 53 power cords 71 weight 53 width 53 Model D32 acoustical specifications 67 capacity 138 clearance specifications 58 depth 54 description 4 fire suppression 63 height 54 power cords 69 L label for 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 label area on 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 on LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 laser safety and compliance notice xv LC duplex fiber optics cables 128 LDI See library drive interface (LDI) leader pin in 3592 Tape Cartridge 111 in LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 reattaching to Ultrium tape 96 leader pin reattachment kit ordering for 3592 Tape Cartridge 125 for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 using for 3592 Tape Cartridge 119 for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 97 length of tape library 53 library frames.

for tape library 57 move time 50 mtlib. dual ac 38 power management 12 power receptacles. and On Demand features 41 power cords 71 weight 54 width 54 modem. role in remote support 42. Full. and On Demand features 41 power cords 71 weight 53 width 53 Model L32 acoustical specifications 67 capacity 138 Capacity Expansion feature 40 clearance specifications 58 depth 54 description 4 fire suppression 63 height 54 power cords 69 weight 54 width 54 Model L52 acoustical specifications 68 capacity 138 clearance specifications 58 depth 54 description 4 fire suppression 64 height 54 Intermediate. 83 native data transfer rate 47. in network 129 nominal unload time 48 nondisruptive drive firmware update for 3592 Tape Drives 17. on 3592 Tape Cartridge 110. resolving through remote support (Call Home) 42. 48 node. supported 18 operator clearance specifications 57 operator panel 9 operator panel controller 9 ordering tape cartridges and supplies 3592 Tape Cartridges by 3599 Tape Media method 123 by part number 124 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 P partitioning capability of SAN-ready Multi-Path Architecture 28 partitioning. 43 mount performance 50 move restraints. running between frames 65 point-to-point connection 129 port. 128 performance drive 47 library 49 persistent binding 134 pipes. 111 Index 171 . types of 72 power specifications 68 Problem Call Home capability 42 problems. 43 through SNMP messaging 24 through TapeAlert flags 46 product label. using 19 Multi-Path Architecture 28 multiple control paths for control path failover 33 multiple control paths (continued) for iSeries and AS/400 attachment 32 multiple subsystem and automation support 16 N native capacity 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 3592 Tape Cartridges 17 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 17. Full. 106 for Ultrium Tape Drives 12 notices 145 O offboard data string searching 16 on-the-fly adaptive equalization 15 operating systems.Model D32 (continued) weight 54 width 54 Model D52 acoustical specifications 68 capacity 138 clearance specifications 58 depth 54 description 4 fire suppression 64 height 54 power cords 71 weight 54 width 54 Model HA1 description 4 dimensions 55 Model L22 acoustical specifications 68 capacity 137 clearance specifications 58 depth 53 description 4 fire suppression 64 height 53 Intermediate. Fibre Channel 127. dynamic 34 patch panel 9. 129 position-based LEOT reporting 15 power cord specifications Models L22 and D22 71 Models L32 and D32 69 Models L52 and D52 71 power cord.

in Fibre Channel network 20 restrictions on iSeries (AS/400) support 135 S safety notices xiii safety switch. transparently adding or removing 33. 21 IDs. sharing on SAN Fibre Channel Switch 130 SARS See Statistical Analysis and Recording System SC duplex fiber optics cables 128 scalability of tape library 3 security of data. supported 18 service alert. of Ultrium Tape Drives 83 recursive accumulating backhitchless flush 15 recycling of tape library xvi relative humidity specification for tape library 66 relative humidity specification for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 101 remote support 42. 43 through a master console 42 through a modem 42 through Data Call Home 42 through Heartbeat Call Home 42 through master console 44 through Problem Call Home 42 repeaters. 122 segmentation. 101. types of power 72 recording method. ordering 3592 Tape Cartridge 123 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 supported Fibre Channel topologies 129 switch.Specification (SMI-S) 47 storage slot pooling 34 supplies. controlling 56. 43 service bays clearance specifications 58 description 6 service clearance specifications 57 setting write-protect switch on 3592 Data Cartridge 117 on LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 89 sharing a drive. 14 speed. 129 T tape cartridge bar code label for 3592 Tape Cartridge description 114 guidelines for using 116 placement 115 specifications 110. 29 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) 24 sleep mode 12 small computer systems interface (SCSI) bus length between terminator 21 cables 21 connectors 21 High Voltage Differential (HVD) signaling 20. binding to drives 134 Low Voltage Differential (LVD) signaling 20. 35 Storage Management Initiative . restrictions 136 sharing. link 128 stacking tape cartridges 3592 Tape Cartridges 119 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93 standard features and feature codes of the library 73 Statistical Analysis and Recording System 13 Storage Area Network (SAN).R rail system 9 receptacles.Specification SMI-S support 47 SNMP See Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) soft addressing 132 specifications for bar code and bar code label 3592 Tape Cartridge 115 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 86. for operator and service 57 cooling 68 fire-suppression provisions 63 power 68 relative humidity 66 temperature 66 wet bulb temperature 66 speed matching 12. for the 3592 data cartridges 108 serial number cartridge for 3592 Tape Cartridge 114 for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 86 servers. 87 for HA1 frame 55 for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 100 for Models L22 and D22 53 for Models L32 and D32 54 for Models L52 and D52 54 for tape library acoustical 67. 68 clearances. sharing on 136 storage capacity. 115 bar code label for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges description 86 guidelines for using 88 ordering 104 placement 87 specifications 86. 21 small computer systems interface (SCSI) (continued) Ultra 160 support 21 SMI-S See Storage Management Initiative . from remote support (Call Home) 42. door 9 safety. 87 172 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . in network 20. possible hazards xv SAN See Storage Area Network. library by multiple hosts 28.

82 configuring in the same frame or library 1 data compression 16 data transfer rate 47. 13 LTO Ultrium Tape Drive 11 LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 11 device drivers. description 13 3592 Model J1A Tape Drive. 119 location in LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 reattaching to Ultrium Tape Cartridge 96 repositioning in a 3592 Tape Cartridge 119 repositioning in an Ultrium Tape Cartridge 94 Linear Tape-Open cartridge memory (LTO-CM) 84 load and unload cycles 3592 Data Cartridge 111 tape cartridge (continued) load and unload cycles (continued) LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 85 mixing in drives 26. 102 diagnostic cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 106. description and specifications 3592 Tape Cartridge 115 capacity 3592 Data Cartridge 105. 26. 48 description 11 3592 Tape Drives 11. description 13 LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 11. 85 compatible cartridges with 3592 Tape Drives 17. 110 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 83 data security 101. 114 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 81 data cartridge 3592 Data Cartridge 105. 40 Model 028 82 Model 029 82 move time 50 ordering 3592 Tape Cartridge 123 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 102 product label. 26. reassigning 37 WORM 105 WORM cartridge 82 write-protect switch 3592 Data Cartridge 111. 89 tape drive 3592 Tape Drive compatibility between generations 1 3592 Tape Drive. 119 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 90. 122 degaussing 3592 Tape Cartridge 122 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93. 117 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 84. 86 dimension of LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 83 disposal of 3592 Tape Cartridge 122 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 101 Economy 105 Economy WORM 105 handling 3592 Tape Cartridge 117 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93 inserting data and scratch cartridges into library manually 38 insertion guide on LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 84 inspecting 3592 Tape Cartridge 118 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 92 inventory times 49 labels for 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 leader pin description 84 location in 3592 Tape Cartridge 111. description 9 512-MB data buffer with read ahead feature 16 backhitchless backspace 15 capacity scaling 15 capacity-based LEOT reporting 15 channel calibration 15 cleaning automatically 45 by host 45 manually 45 compatible cartridges and format 3592 Model E05 Tape Drive. 110 3592 Data Cartridges 17 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 17. 3592 Tape Cartridge 111 specifications for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 100 stacking 3592 Tape Cartridge 119 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 93 tips for handling 3592 Tape Cartridge 117. 83 cartridge door 3592 Data Cartridge 111 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 84 cartridge life 3592 Data Cartridge 111 LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 85 cleaning cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 105. 105 with LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 17.tape cartridge (continued) bar code. 82 customer engineer (CE) cartridge 3592 Tape Cartridge 106. 114 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 81. supported 19 drive mechanical and electrical reliability 16 enhanced format for recording error-correction codes 16 Index 173 . 111 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 81. 93 training for handling 3592 Tape Cartridge 117 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 90 type of Ultrium Model 028 82 Model 029 82 types of 3592 Tape Cartridges 105 unassigned.

description 81 Ultrium Tape Cartridges. supported 129 two-node direct connection 130 TotalStorage Specialist web interface description 42 trademarks 147 traps.tape drive (continued) high resolution tape directory 15 identifying WORM-capable drive 11. description 134 WORM 15 See also write once read many identifying a WORM tape drive 11. ac 69 volume serial (VOLSER) number determining generation of Ultrium cartridge 12 volume serial number description 3592 Tape Cartridge 114 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 86 Z zoning 129. SNMP 24 Turtlecase 90 two-node direct connection topology 129. 82 LTO Ultrium Tape Drive. description 17 Ultrium Tape Drives. enabling or disabling 35 VOLSER See volume serial number voltage. description 9 maximum quantity in library 1 maximum quantity of drives per frame 3592 Tape Drives 11 LTO Ultrium Tape Drive 11 media reuse 14 mixing in a logical library 26 multiple subsystem and automation support 16 offboard data string searching 16 on-the-fly adaptive equalization 15 performance 47 position-based LEOT reporting 15 recursive accumulating backhitchless flush 15 speed matching 14 type of interface attachment 2. description 42 Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) protocol 47 weight of HA1 frame 55 of Models L22 and D22 53 of Models L32 and D32 54 of Models L52 and D52 54 wet bulb temperature specification for tape library 66 wet bulb temperature specification for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 101 width of HA1 frame 55 of Models L22 and D22 53 of Models L32 and D32 54 of Models L52 and D52 54 wiring. 130 two-node switched fabric loop topology 129 volume serial number (continued) location 3592 Tape Cartridge 110 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 86 W warranty 141 web interface. running between frames 65 World Wide Node Name. enabling 33 virtual I/O slots. 136 zSeries server. ordering for LTO Ultrium Drives 102 unload time 48 V virtual I/O slots. 111 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 84 setting 3592 Tape Cartridge 117 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 89 U Ultra 160 SCSI interface support 21 Ultrium Tape Cartridge. reassigning 37 universal cleaning cartridge. 107 for Ultrium 3 Tape Drive 82 write-protect switch location 3592 Tape Cartridge 110. 107 for Ultrium 3 Tape Drive 82 write once read many for 3592 Tape Drive 82. description 134 World Wide Port Name. description 11 unassigned cartridges. attaching to library 22 174 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide . 20 using a repaired Ultrium cartridge 94 WORM 15 TapeAlert support 46 temperature specification for tape library 66 temperature specification for media 3592 Tape Cartridge 121 LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 101 topologies. 82 WORM cartridge Ultrium 82 WORM cartridge for 3592 Tape Drive 105 WORM functionality for 3592 Tape Drive 82. 134.

Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide Publication No. you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Address . May we contact you? h Yes h No When you send comments to IBM. how satisfied are you with the information in this book? Very Satisfied h Satisfied h Neutral h Dissatisfied h Very Dissatisfied h Overall satisfaction How satisfied are you that the information in this book is: Very Satisfied h h h h h h Satisfied h h h h h h Neutral h h h h h h Dissatisfied h h h h h h Very Dissatisfied h h h h h h Accurate Complete Easy to find Easy to understand Well organized Applicable to your tasks Please tell us how we can improve this book: Thank you for your responses. Name Company or Organization Phone No. GA32-0469-03 Overall.

40 ARMONK.S. 85744-0002 _________________________________________________________________________________________ Please do not staple Fold and Tape Fold and Tape GA32-0469-03 Cut or Fold Along Line .___________________________________________________________________________________________________ Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You GA32-0469-03 Cut or Fold Along Line Fold and _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Fold and_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Please _ _ _ _ _ staple _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tape _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tape _ _ _ _ do not _ _ _ _ NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. Box 217 9000 South Rita Road Tucson. NEW YORK POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE International Business Machines Corporation Information Development Building 9032-2. Arizona U.A.

.

Part Number: 23R3057 Printed in USA H81574 GA32-0469-03 (1P) P/N: 23R3057 .

Spine information: IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library 3584 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide .